All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

The modern world actively works against the ability to nurture your intuition and feed your soul, instead, as investigative journalist Corey Lynn puts it, feeding the enemy

This “enemy” thrives on the chaos, division and negativity perpetuated through social media platforms and elsewhere

It symbolizes the harmful outcomes of collective engagement in fear, misinformation and distraction, leading you away from personal growth and inner peace

It’s possible to break free from the mind control and corruption by making small, purposeful changes, such as daily meditation

There are concrete steps you can take to overcome fear, find joy in your life and feed your soul, many of which are detailed in my upcoming book, “The Power of Choice”

*

Reflecting on your thoughts and feelings helps you understand your own behaviors, desires and conflicts more deeply. This self-awareness can improve personal relationships and increase emotional intelligence, ultimately contributing to a more balanced and satisfying life, with ripple effects across society.

Yet, the modern world actively works against the ability to nurture your intuition and feed your soul, instead, as investigative journalist Corey Lynn puts it, feeding the enemy.¹ The enemy in this case isn’t a person or group, but rather destructive forces or influences that you may unknowingly support or contribute to, in the context of social media and elsewhere.

This “enemy” thrives on the chaos, division and negativity perpetuated through social media platforms. It symbolizes the harmful outcomes of collective engagement in fear, misinformation and distraction, leading you away from personal growth and inner peace.

By participating in these destructive cycles, you inadvertently “feed the enemy” instead of nurturing your own soul. Fortunately, there are concrete steps you can take to overcome fear and find joy in your life, many of which are detailed in my upcoming book, “The Power of Choice.”

Is Your Mind Being Programmed?

“Mind conditioning and programming have always been the game,” according to Lynn.² Even common symbols and campaigns in your daily life may manipulate public perception and thought patterns, serving the interests of manipulative entities. Lynn uses the example of the letter X used as a form of symbolic conditioning by, for instance, Twitter. Lynn writes:³

“Remember when the red X went viral on Twitter [in 2018]? Everyone was saying, ‘put a red X next to your screen name if you have been shadow banned and censored to show everyone we are united against this.’ I saw thousands of people quickly add a red X next to their name, and I warned that it was a ploy.

At the time I wasn’t sure what it was all about, as it could have been an attempt to build a list of people against the narrative, and it likely had a multifaceted approach.

I just knew that following along would not be wise. I now believe that one of the goals was to get everyone to place the X for purposes of conditioning their minds to believe ‘X’ is a good, powerful, united symbol. Five years later, Twitter became X.

This may seem silly and insignificant, but when multiple campaigns are running simultaneously to program individuals, every little seed planted adds branches in the brain and forms beliefs. Then, when evidence is brought forth showing the trap, the brain refuses to accept it, and instead is stuck in the ‘united’ belief system, and hero worship ensues.”

Lynn suggests the repeated use of the letter X in different contexts is a form of mind conditioning. By associating the X with concepts of unity, power and future change, the public may be subtly programmed to align their beliefs and behaviors with these symbols without critically evaluating the implications.

Becoming Consumed With Identity Is a Method of Distraction

By participating in these campaigns, you spread the desired narrative or belief system that’s laid out by those orchestrating the campaigns, contributing to a larger agenda. It also keeps your attention focused on the high-profile campaign instead of its underlying manipulative tactics. Ultimately, it’s a method of distraction, keeping your mind occupied with superficial or misleading activities instead of nurturing your own critical thinking and spiritual growth.

One example Lynn gives is becoming consumed with various aspects of identity — such as sexual preference, appearance and personality types. This can lead to divisions and distractions that prevent you from engaging more deeply with your inner self. A focus on identity is an external one, in which you become preoccupied with defining yourself and others based on surface-level characteristics and labels.

This external focus diverts attention from more introspective, spiritual pursuits that could foster genuine self-understanding and connection to a higher purpose or spiritual entity. By pushing identity to the forefront, the enemy may be intentionally creating situations that lead to discord and prevent people from instead uniting or focusing on common goals. Lynn explains:⁴

“I once believed that the corrupt want to obliterate everyone’s identity, make everyone genderless and force them to use digital IDs, but I’m beginning to realize that ‘identity’ is exactly what they want everyone focused on.

When you get people hyper focused on their own identity and the identity of others, be it sexual preference, appearance, fashion style, personality types, and all of the other fun labels that go with it, people are ultimately trying to define themselves by external nonsense that gives them an ‘identity,’ rather than focusing on their inner spirit, their soul, and direct line to God. It’s one of the biggest and longest standing distractions.”

Living in Fear Creates Confusion and Paranoia

Fear further feeds the enemy by destabilizing individuals and creating a population that’s easier to manage and less likely to resist manipulation or challenge the status quo. “Bad actors have been stoking fear and paranoia for eons because it serves their agendas well. When you keep people in a constant high beta state it creates incoherence and confusion. Eventually, this builds into paranoia,” according to Lynn.⁵

When people suspect that threats are everywhere, they can become isolated and less willing to connect with others, weakening social bonds and leaving you more vulnerable to manipulation. Fear also disrupts your own intuition, which is a powerful tool for understanding and decision-making.

When intuition is sidelined, you may bypass thoughtful analysis for quick, fear-based reactions. This can lead to poor decisions and outcomes. “They want everyone in a constant state of survival so they become paralyzed,” Lynn says, continuing:⁶

“The saying ‘trust no one and question everything’ has become the foundation for cognitive dissonance. Trusting no one creates isolation, while questioning everything keeps one in a constant state of analysis as opposed to trusting in their own intuition. Intuition is the most powerful tool for humans, yet people are finding it difficult to even trust in themselves.

Soon, this paranoia emerges into a single belief that everyone is bad and no one is to be trusted. Everything seems plausible and grasping at every bit of information that comes out is quickly twisted to fit this belief. Intuition goes out the window, research is skipped over, and analysis comes from a place of paranoia and confusion.

… This is why expanding one’s intuition is so vital during these times. The mind can only process so much and clues are often hidden, but intuition can quite literally save one’s life. Faith, prayer, and knowing go hand-in-hand with intuition. Fear and ego cloud discernment.”

Sowing Division Gives the Enemy More Power

Once the stage has been set for programming, distractions and fear, it becomes easy to plant the seeds of division. Influencers, often without realizing it, play a significant role in spreading these divisive narratives.

Because influencers have large followings, their endorsement or mere discussion of a divisive topic can lend it credibility and increase its spread. Lynn suggests that these individuals may inadvertently become tools in the hands of those intent on sowing division.

Meanwhile, as you focus on who is right or wrong, who is an ally or an enemy, attention is diverted from more productive pursuits. Instead of using your resources and abilities to effect positive change or enhance your community, you may waste energy by getting caught up in the drama and conflict. This further distracts you from personal growth and community involvement. Lynn adds:⁷

“The corrupt players sit back and relish in the chaos, division, and confusion all being created among individuals and influencers pointing fingers at one another, while achieving their end goal. The reality is, the majority of influencers and individuals on social media are not part of a psyop (not including bots of course), but rather have differing opinions, lack of knowledge, were misguided, or simply didn’t have all of the information.

… Suddenly, everyone is sketchy, everyone is involved in an ‘operation,’ and accusations are flying. People become consumed with ‘who’s who’ rather than ‘who am I.’

For over eight years I have observed this targeted energy suck, and it has gotten us no closer to combatting agendas against humanity, it has only served as entertainment for those who prefer to get caught up in drama and let their anger out on social media because they haven’t found a more constructive outlet.

… Everyone feeds into this drama and it stokes more division, but more importantly — it causes everyone to focus on external distractions rather than internal momentum and using their gifts and skills to actually make an impact for themselves, their families and their communities. And THAT is the prime goal of the corrupt.”

The Choice to Feed Your Soul — Not the Enemy — Is Yours

It’s possible to break free from the mind control and corruption by making small, purposeful changes. In the video at the top of this article, BBC journalist Melissa Hogenboom explains how six weeks of meditation led to changes in her brain, as evidenced by a brain scan.⁸

By calming your mind and focusing your attention, meditation reduces the “noise” of incessant thoughts. This quieter mental state can make it easier to hear and trust your intuitive feelings, which are often subtle and may be easily overshadowed by “louder” thoughts.

Meditation also nurtures your mind’s intrinsic capabilities, making it more receptive and tuned to intuitive processes. It provides a supportive environment for intuition to flourish by fostering a calm, clear and connected state of being, while helping to focus your mind on more productive pursuits.

“I hope people are beginning to realize,” Lynn says, “if it’s out of your control, it is a distraction and a time and energy suck. If it’s within your control — how can you exert your time and energy unless you yourself are in a balanced state without reacting emotionally? That is the state where creation takes hold and it projects a powerful force that inspires and motivates.”⁹

My upcoming book, “The Power of Choice,” further explores the interconnectedness between health and spirituality. Many express a desire to improve their health and well-being but struggle to take action even when presented with clear strategies. What typically impedes their progress is a disconnection from Spirit, their authentic Self, which is where true Joy resides.

To learn how to support your own connection to your consciousness, including methods for cultivating self-trust, keep an eye out for “The Power of Choice.” I’ll be publishing summaries of the first 10 chapters soon. At the end of each chapter, I provide exercises to facilitate connecting with your internal guidance system. As Lynn notes, the choice of whether to feed the enemy or feed your soul is yours alone:¹⁰

“The constant churning of events and campaigns to distract and divide will continue to amp up. The wild thing is, it’s much like a swimming pool.

You can choose to jump in the deep end and tread water all day long utilizing every last ounce of energy, only to drown in despair. Or you can choose to step into the shallow end, maintain solid footing, and conserve your energy for areas in life where you can take action while living your life without fear and constant stress.

You can take a family adventure into the wild and camp for a week as the world around you continues to move as it may. You can choose to find joy in all the little things, focus on family and community, and live in a state of faith. You can choose to plant a garden, run for local office, or learn a new skill.

You can choose to spend your time building your intuition, going within, bringing yourself a sense of peace and stability while opening the doors for opportunity. You can choose to create and manifest the reality you want. You can choose love and watch the ripple effect take hold across the universe.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

^{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10} Corey’s Digs April 25, 2024

⁸ YouTube, BBC News October 1, 2023

⁹ Corey’s Digs March 27, 2024

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Declassified files detail the British government’s secret meetings with loyalist paramilitary group The Ulster Volunteer Force (UVF) in 1974, and the political support afforded the organisation during its ongoing campaign of violence.

Meetings would occur both at the home of the Northern Ireland Office (NIO), Stormont Castle, and a secluded government owned property known as Laneside. The latter address would also play host to government meetings with the Irish Republican Army (IRA) during the 1970’s.

Through the process of meetings, the UVF, who wished Northern Ireland to remain part of the United Kingdom, were de-proscribed as a banned terrorist organisation on 23^rd May, along with Irish republican group, Sinn Féin. This meant that membership of the UVF alone was no longer a prosecutable offence. The order was brought forth by a newly formed Labour minority government, who ostensibly wished to see the UVF move into the political process and away from violence.

However, documents indicate that senior UVF members meeting with officials were also those suspected of participation in UVF bomb attacks in Dublin and Monaghan the same month, in which security forces are also alleged to have been involved. The bombings, which killed 34 civilians, represented the greatest loss of life in one single incident during the three decades of the conflict and commemorate the 50^th year since their passing on 17^th May.

The attacks were part of wider unionist agitations that year against the Sunningdale Agreement, which in December 1973 established a Northern Ireland Assembly and power-sharing Executive between Ulster unionists and Irish nationalists. The agreement also established a Council of Ireland, that allowed Dublin a degree of oversight of Northern Ireland’s affairs – something the UVF and most unionist groups opposed vehemently.

Sunningdale Agreement North South meeting 1974. [Source: Photo courtesy of Irish Labour Party]

The files reveal that when the government’s efforts to politicise the UVF hit obstacles related to their conflicting views over the Sunningdale Agreement, their focus instead turned to sowing discord amongst unionist political groups and loyalist paramilitaries.

Furthermore, recently declassified material demonstrates that through this relationship the UVF were to seek and gain benefits and conveniences from the government and security forces not typically afforded to political or paramilitary groups.

Bombs in Dublin and Monaghan

The files document that the UVF’s key representative throughout meetings with government officials was Ken Gibson, who in 1974 served as the UVF’s Chief of Staff. Another member of UVF Brigade Staff present at early meetings was William Mitchell, who also edited the UVF’s magazine, Combat.

During the 1990’s, investigative journalist Joe Tiernan conducted a series of interviews with Mitchell, who is understood to have disclosed his previous involvement in attacks and the UVF’s relationship with British military intelligence. Tiernan has asserted that both Gibson and Mitchell were part of a UVF unit responsible for bomb attacks in Dublin in December 1972 and January 1973, which killed three people and left 133 more injured.

Further maintained by Tiernan, is that this UVF squad were directed in the attacks by British intelligence officers operating out of the British Army HQ in Lisburn.

Tiernan has also upheld that on the morning of 17^th May 1974, Mitchell and an unnamed UVF commander stole a blue Ford Escort in Belfast, before delivering it to a car park on the northern outskirts of Dublin.

The car was then loaded with a bomb and driven into Dublin city centre, where Mitchell and his accomplice were identified in the Escort by a witness. The car would then be parked on Talbot Street, where at approximately 5:30pm, during rush hour, it would detonate without warning, killing 14 civilians.

Aftermath of Dublin bombings of May 1974 – Talbot Street. [Source: signhllkeet.live]

Two additional car bombs would also detonate near simultaneously on Dublin’s Parnell Street and South Leinster Street, killing 12 more civilians. A final bomb would explode 90 minutes later in the border town of Monaghan, killing seven people.

The UVF would only claim responsibility for the attacks in 1993, following an investigation by Yorkshire Television that same year, and in which Tiernan himself was a key researcher. This documentary traced and named a number of the UVF members alleged to have been involved in the operation, yet to date nobody has been charged for the atrocities.

Aftermath of Dublin bombings of May 1974 – Parnell Street. Source: Photo courtesy of Dublin City Libraries – CC BY-NC-ND 2.0; obtained by Patrick O’Reilly]

An inquiry into the attacks by Irish judge Henry Barron, concluded in 2003 that they were a “reaction to the Sunningdale Agreement” and carried out by UVF members from Belfast, Portadown and Lurgan. He added that they were “likely” to have been “conceived and planned in Belfast,” where Gibson held the UVF’s most senior rank. Tiernan has also upheld that Mitchell played a key role in the operation’s planning, given his previous experience in bombing Dublin in the years prior.

Collusion

Former Special Patrol Group Officer from the police service of Northern Ireland – then known as The Royal Ulster Constabulary (RUC) – John Weir, gave evidence to Barron’s inquiry. Weir has alleged that in the mid-1970’s he was part of a rogue gang of UVF members, RUC officers and soldiers from the British Army’s Ulster Defence Regiment (UDR).

Based at Glenanne Farm in County Armagh, Weir claimed the gang were responsible for numerous sectarian attacks and murders throughout the 1970’s, including the Dublin and Monaghan bombings. Their activities were apparently given tacit approval by senior RUC officers.

Weir and other sources have named Mid-Ulster UVF founder Billy Hanna, as the main organiser of the Dublin and Monaghan bombings. Through interviews with Hanna’s family, Tiernan has revealed that Hanna was regularly visited at his home by British intelligence officers. He alleges these officers were to give Hanna his orders, who, after consultation with UVF Brigade Staff HQ in Belfast, was to assemble his team for the operation.

Barron’s inquiry and Yorkshire Television’s investigation both also noted the relationship between UVF suspects and officers from the army’s Special Air Service (SAS) proxy group, 14 Intelligence Company, most notably, Robert Nairac. In addition to running UVF suspects as agents, Nairac is also alleged to have been involved in the supply of weapons and planning of attacks.

Former British intelligence officer Fred Holroyd, has explained that in 1974 “loyalist explosive capability was pretty limited” and predominantly utilised “beer kegs filled with explosives with a black powder fuse.”

The Dublin bombs, however, were a drastic departure from these methods, and utilised sophisticated timing devices to synchronise the detonations of the three car bombs. Forensics also noted that all the explosives used detonated completely, leaving no residue to trace.

Former British army bomb disposal expert Lt Col George Styles, has too raised this peculiarity, to which he stated:

“I had no high regard of their [UVF] skill in 1974, I don’t think they were at a level that would equate to the sort of techniques that were used here in Dublin.”

The UVF categorically denied involvement of British state security services.

Document from The National Archives, London – Ref: FCO 87/341. [Source: Photo courtesy of Patrick O’Reilly]

 

Only four days after the attacks, Gibson would meet deputy under-secretary Phillip Woodfield, in a meeting in which it was recorded that “the UVF remained firmly against violence.” The UVF would be officially de-proscribed the same week.

Whilst the UVF did not claim responsibility for the bombings in their immediate aftermath, there were some early media reports pointing toward the involvement of loyalist paramilitaries. Curiously, the documents record no mention or questioning of the UVF on these attacks by government officials in meetings.

“Political Feet”

On 9^th April, files record that Minister of State for Northern Ireland Stanley Orme, met at Stormont Castle with a UVF deputation which included Gibson and Mitchell. Also present was a member of the UVF’s “welfare section” Hugh Smyth, who held a seat in the Assembly as an independent.

The record noted that Orme expressed his belief in the importance of the UVF’s dialogue with the government in helping “working class protestants to find their own political feet.” He added that “at the next election there was no reason why the UVF might not have a number of members elected to the Assembly and indeed why they might not be a member of the Executive.”

Smyth explained that “they [the UVF] were against the Assembly because it had been imposed on them,” but that he recognised its “practical necessity” as “the only forum in which he could represent the views of his constituents.”

On 15th May, the Ulster Workers’ Council (UWC) strike began, organised by unionists opposed to power-sharing and the Sunningdale Agreement’s Council of Ireland proposals. The strike caused widespread disruption to Northern Ireland’s economy, with electricity and fuel supplies amongst seriously affected sectors. Throughout the strike, loyalist paramilitaries, including the UVF, engaged in campaigns of intimidation and manned roadblocks to ensure workers were unable to work.

Ulster Workers’ Council barricade, Beersbridge Triangle, East Belfast – May 1974. [Source: Photo courtesy of Lawrence Skuse]

Secretary of State for Northern Ireland Merlyn Rees, said he would not negotiate with the UWC, but officials including Orme would continue to meet with Gibson, who was the UVF’s representative on the UWC coordinating committee.

At the end of the month, diplomat and Counsellor to the NIO, James Allan, recorded a meeting at Laneside, also attend by MI6 agent Michael Oatley and a UVF deputation.

Allan recorded that the UVF’s objective was to “reduce the influence of the UUUC [United Ulster Unionist Council],” a body that sought to unite unionists opposed to the Sunningdale Agreement. This was apparently due to the UVF’s belief that the UUUC were “using the strike for their own purposes,” and were “not representative of working-class opinion.”

Allan noted that it was “not clear whether they [UVF] would accept the continuance of the power-sharing Executive,” but that “they were definitely against the Sunningdale Council of Ireland proposals.”

At this juncture, Allan noted that the government’s relationship with the UVF had “become very strange,” as they were “desperately in need of advice” on securing “UVF participation in politics,” but also held a fundamentally conflicting political position to the government on Sunningdale.

Consequently, he concluded that “thought should be given as to how to profit” from the relationship, in a way that would give the government the “most direct entre to the UWC.” He added that “it may be that it can only be used for fuelling possible dissention between UUUC politicians and para-military organisations.”

Document from the National Archives, London – Ref: CJ 4/1147. [Source: Photo courtesy of Patrick O’Reilly]

The following day, pro-power-sharing Ulster Unionist Party politician Brian Faulkner, resigned as Chief Executive of the power-sharing executive. This was due to Rees’ refusal to meet UWC representatives, and Faulkner’s loss of support from unionist voters. Consequently, the power-sharing Executive and Assembly collapsed, at which point direct rule from London was resumed.

An Offer of Services

While government officials ostensibly wished to see the UVF politicise through de-proscription, there is indication that the UVF themselves may have had different ideas about their nearing legalisation and newfound relationship with the government.

Documents show that on 30^th April, Allan received a letter addressed to the Secretary of State from a UVF “adjutant” named William Johnston. In it, Johnston stated that:

“Brigade Staff hereby offer the services of the UVF and its associate Units to supplement the Civil and Military Authorities in their endeavours to combat terrorism and anarchy.”

In aim of “building better relations between ordinary people and the Security Forces, UVF observers could be attached to regular army and RUC patrols,” he added.

Document from the National Archives, London – Ref: CJ 4/1919. [Source: Photo courtesy of Patrick O’Reilly]

 

Johnston acknowledged that such a move could “be seen to be a collusion between the government and a supposed terrorist organisation,” but that UVF personnel “would at all times be subject to Government law and discipline.”

Interestingly, in the record of a meeting just two weeks later, Allan noted that a UVF deputation showed no knowledge that this communication had been issued.

Release of Detainees

Under de-proscription, UVF deputations would press government officials for the release of detainees stated to be “moderates” with “political abilities,” who were considered vital to their political efforts.

In a meeting record from 15^th May, Orme’s Private Secretary Mr Finlayson, noted Gibson’s concern of a “shortage of political spokesmen for the UVF,” and assertion that a number of imprisoned UVF members would be able to fulfil this role. Orme assured the deputation that the issue was under “urgent consideration” by the government.

Document from The National Archives London – ref: CJ 4/1919. [Source: Photo courtesy of Patrick O’Reilly]

Gibson stressed that “particularly important to them” was the release of Billy Davidson. Once released, Davidson would become Co-Chairman of the UVF’s short lived Volunteer Political Party, before becoming involved with the Northern Ireland Negotiated Independence Association in the late 1970’s. Hugh Smyth would also further his political career, leading the Progressive Unionist Party from 1979-2002.

However, documents also indicate that under de-proscription the UVF would request the release of detainees held on more serious charges, and who seemingly had no political inclination. A meeting record from 1^st August noted that a UVF deputation including Gibson, expressed a need “to get responsible (and strong) men released”, so “they could get their areas under control.”

One notable request for release on the provided list was for “Leonard Murphy,” which the document noted as “sentenced.” At the time, Murphy was serving a sentence for attempted prison breaks that occurred during his time detained awaiting trial for the murder of a protestant man named William Pavis in 1972. This murder was allegedly ordered by the UVF, who believed Pavis was selling guns to the IRA.

Murphy was eventually acquitted of the murder charge on grounds of contaminated evidence, despite being identified as Pavis’ killer by two witnesses.

Following his release from prison in May 1975, Murphy would go onto become leader of a UVF gang known as the Shankill Butchers. Under Murphy’s leadership and with his active involvement, the gang would murder seven catholic civilians over the course of the next year. Three of the six murders carried out by Murphy personally, would involve extreme violence, torture and throat slashings being inflicted upon innocent victims.

Murphy was rearrested in March 1976 and sentenced on firearms charges following his attempted murder of a catholic woman, but continued to advocate for, and direct further murders from prison.

Days after his release from prison in July 1982, Murphy would continue to kill. He claimed another three victims before being murdered by IRA gunmen in November, in a hit that was allegedly facilitated by a UVF tip-off.

“Low Level Protection”

Another feature of meetings were requests by the UVF that security force pressures on their organisation be curtailed, and even “personal protection” be offered to UVF leaders. In a meeting record from mid-May, a UVF deputation lamented that their members were “continuously harassed” by British parachute regiment, 3 Para. Smyth added that they were “particularly concerned about army searches early in the morning,” which meant “people were detained in their house until the searches finished,” often making them late for work.

The record noted that Orme said he would soon be visiting 3 Para to “investigate the matter,” and would be “discussing with the Security Forces the times at which searches were carried out.”

Another meeting record from the end of May, a UVF deputation led by Gibson was recorded by Allan to be “clearly worried that their position may be undermined by arrest of UVF leaders.” Allan resultantly noted that the government “should think very carefully before action is taken vis-a-vis UVF politicals,” and that he would be “grateful to have the opportunity to comment on possible arrest lists.”

In late 1974, a feud also began between the UVF and another loyalist paramilitary group the Ulster Defence Association (UDA). On 18^th March 1975, John McKeague of Red Hand Commando (a UVF affiliated proscribed paramilitary organisation) and loyalist activist Sam McClure are recorded as having visited Laneside, where they were met by deputy Under Secretary of State John Bourn.

Documents note that McKeague and McClure requested “low level protection” for themselves and two other loyalist paramilitary leaders, one of which was Gibson. They suggested that if they as “politically inclined leaders” were to be assassinated, a “blood bath” would ensue.

The author of the meeting record, noted as “BM Webster,” stated that it would be “unwise” to raise the issue with the RUC, who were against giving special protection to paramilitary leaders. He noted, however, that they “could put the matter to the army” but would “have to be careful” in how they approach the subject.

Re-proscription

In June of that year, the UVF would establish the Volunteer Political Party (VPP). Gibson as Chairman would go on to contest the West Belfast seat in the October 1974 general election, but would win only 6% of the total votes in this constituency.

The party was dissolved only a month later, with a VPP statement acknowledging that the “general public does not support the political involvement of the UVF.” Most VPP members would return to the UVF, who would issue a new policy document asserting “attack as the best means of defence.”

On 2^nd October 1975, the UVF would launch a series of gun and bomb attacks across Northern Ireland that left 12 dead. Documents record that in meetings between government officials the following day, it was accepted that the UVF were “wedded to violence” and “sufficiently offensive” as to warrant re-proscription. Rees would sign the order into effect the same day, making the UVF a banned organisation once again.

Many deadly UVF attacks that occurred throughout the conflict in Northern Ireland remain embroiled in controversy over security force collusion. The British government has previously refused to disclose important files it holds relating to many incidents, including the Dublin and Monaghan bombings, something emphasised in Barron’s 2003 inquiry. Consequently, civil action was taken against the British Ministry of Defence and NIO by victims and families at the High Court in Belfast in 2014.

Organisations such as Justice for the Forgotten, The Pat Finucane Centre and Paper Trail, amongst others, have campaigned in support of victims’ families throughout these processes, and continue to work in quest of the truth behind many attacks. A new inquiry into the activities of the Mid-Ulster UVF and their relationship with security forces during the 1970’s, named Operation Denton, is currently ongoing.

However, the British government’s Northern Ireland Troubles (Legacy and Reconciliation) Bill now looks to shut down avenues of legal recourse for survivors and victims’ families seeking justice.

Since 1^st May 2024, all Troubles-era cases not yet concluded have been transferred to a new body, and new cases will be prevented from being lodged in court. The bill, which has been opposed by all political parties in Northern Ireland, also provides immunity from prosecution for those coming forward and giving evidence.

Questions remain on whether elements of the British intelligence community sought to subvert the Sunningdale Agreement by working with the UVF, and the degree to which government officials were aware of intelligence relating to alleged collusion. Nevertheless, the British government’s and UVF’s conflicting ulterior motives resulted in a confused political relationship, which failed in efforts to politicise militant loyalism or win over working-class unionist voters to power-sharing. The freedom of operation afforded the UVF by de-proscription also arguably facilitated its regrouping as a paramilitary organisation, and emboldened the group in its violent efforts to undermine government policy.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Patrick O’Reilly is an independent journalist and researcher. Focusing on Western foreign policy and UK healthcare governance, he has previously written for Declassified UK, antiwar.com and The Bristol Cable. Patrick can be reached at [email protected]. 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

By any reckoning, this was the move of a fool.  A fool, it should be said, motivated by spite larded with caution.  Evidently playing safe, adopting what has been called a “Ming Vase strategy” (hold it with scrupulous care; avoid danger), the British Labour Party under Sir Keir Starmer is already laying its own boobytraps to step onto.  This is some feat, given that Labour currently leads the incumbent Tories by such a margin it is projected to win a majority of 194 seats, giving them 422 in all.

With the election campaign still salad green, Starmer has made it clear that a number of the progressive faithful will no longer be expected to keep him company on his way into government – assuming he doesn’t cock matters up before July 4.  A cull is being made of the old Labour guard, and they are not going away quietly.

One is a former leader of the party, an unabashed progressive who has been hugging the left side of politics since he was a callow teenager.  Jeremy Corbyn, a member for London’s Islington North for over four decades and party leader for five years, is running as an independent.  In March, the National Executive Committee (NEC) voted by 22 to 12 to approve a motion proposed by Starmer insisting that it was “not in the best interests of the Labour Party for it to endorse Mr Corbyn as a Labour Party candidate at the next general election.”

The response from Corbyn was resoundingly biting.  The move was a “shameful attack on the party of democracy”, showing “contempt” for those who had voted for the party at the 2017 and 2019 elections. 

“If you start shutting down dissent and preventing people from speaking out, it’s not a sign of strength, it’s a sign of weakness.  A sign of strength is when you can absorb and listen to the other person’s arguments,” says Corbyn on the YouTube outlet, Double Down News.

Things were also further muddied by the near juvenile incompetence regarding the future of the MP for Hackney North and Stoke Newington, Dianne Abbott, a figure who has been an enduring feature of Labour politics for decades.  She was the first black woman to be elected to Parliament, reliably Left, admirably innumerate and always reliable in having a moment of indiscretion.  (She had been suspended over comments made in a letter to The Observer claiming that Jews, the Irish and Travellers suffered “prejudice” rather than the “racism” suffered by blacks.)  The question here was whether her readmission to the party would qualify her to run again or enable her to journey into a veteran politician’s sunset.

Here was a moment of genuine danger for Labour.  Confusion, always fatal for any party seeking government, ignited.  Was Abbott banned by her party from running at the next election because of her recently spotty record?  Some Labour functionaries thought not, but felt that the NEC should have the last say.  Whispers and rumours suggested the opposite.

Laura Kuenssberg of the BBC bored her readers senseless with a slew of anonymous sources that did little to clear things up.  “She was looking for a way to stand down with dignity when it was blown all up,” one source claimed.  Another is quoted as a “senior ally” of Starmer, suggesting that things had come to a pass.  “Everyone was aware of the symbolism.  We had to draw the line, it couldn’t just go on and on.”

A strategy is certainly afoot to stay, remove or frustrate candidates of a certain left leaning disposition who fail to fit Starmer’s ultra cautious strategy.  They are memory’s heavy burden, a reminder of the roistering, scuffling legacy of the party.  Distilled to its essence, it is a crude and clumsy effort to purge the Corbynistas.  As Katy Balls of The Spectator appropriately describes it, the Labour leader has been selecting “candidates they trust to have a low risk of scandal or rebellion”.

Economist Faiza Shaheen, for instance, has found herself blocked for taking issue with her party’s Middle East policy, though, as she put it, it entailed “14 tweets over 10 years, including me liking a colleague’s tweet saying she was running as a Green councillor, and a retweet containing a list of companies to boycott to support Palestine, both from 2014.”

In an article for The Guardian, Shaheen describes how she was “removed, via email, from being a Labour parliamentary candidate from Chingford and Woodford Green.”  She faced the dreaded NEC regarding her deselection.  “More than four years’ work thrown in the bin.  Any connection to my community brushed aside.”

Shaheen proceeds to make a fundamental, if obvious political point.  “The irony is that taking me off the ballot and replacing me with someone no one in my community knows will jeopardise Labour’s ability to win this seat and finally unseat the Tory grandee Iaian Duncan Smith.”

These instances may not be enough to derail the Labour train that is destined, at this point, of storming into the House of Commons and Number 10 with tearing effect.  But Starmer’s culling program is already taking the shine off the effort.  Abbott has a loyal following.  Those of Corbyn’s are the stuff of legend.  Riling, obstructing and barring such figures serves to cloud the message, impairing an electoral effort that may, ironically enough, see the Ming Vase slip out of Starmer’s desperate hands.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]

Featured image: UK Labour Party Logo [File photo]

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

On March 17, 2024, a demonstration comprised of a few hundred people spontaneously broke out in Santiago de Cuba, along with a few smaller protests in some other Cuban cities.

This is not entirely surprising, as Cubans have been enduring one of their worst shortages of basic necessities, like food, medical supplies, and fuel, in recent months.

The fuel shortage has been particularly problematic, causing regular power outages, which makes it extremely difficult to work, and produce, transport, and distribute goods across the island. In fact, the severity of the current economic crisis has led the Cuban government to request assistance from the UN World Food Program for the first time, when it sought help in ‘providing milk to children under seven years of age’ on February 29, 2024.

Although the demonstrations were clearly motivated by the current economic crisis in Cuba, western mainstream media outlets were quick to falsely describe them as massive ‘anti-government’ protests. This was entirely predictable, as the mainstream press have entrenched themselves deep into the Western political establishment by consistently serving the imperialist, neo-colonial, neo-liberal, and globalist agendas. 

A number factors have contributed to the current economic crisis in Cuba, including a slow recovery of the tourism industry from COVID restrictions. This is significant, because this sector generates about $4 billion annually and represents an important source of foreign currency.

Another factor is the elimination of the dual currency, which has continuously resulted in high inflation. That said, it is ultimately the American financial and economic blockade that is by far the main issue holding back the economic growth and development of Cuba.

After being initially formalized by the Kennedy administration in 1962, it has turned out to be the longest and most cruel, coercive, inhumane, and shameful economic and financial blockade in human history. Since its imposition, successive American governments and various special interest groups in the US have hoped that the hardships associated with the blockade would eventually bring about social unrest and massive protests in Cuba, which, in turn, would result in the demise of the socialist government. Ideally, this regime change would install a pro-American puppet government or dictator. 

When Italy was hit very hard at the start of the corona pandemic, they were assisted by a brigade of Cuban doctors. Photo: Italian Development Cooperation Agency

The current economic crisis is just the latest in a series of significant hardships that Cubans have been forced to endure since the triumph of the Revolution, on account of repeated American attempts to engage in economic warfare against the island in order to destroy its socialist regime. Previously, Cubans were hit particularly hard by the dissolution of the Soviet Union, which produced what came to be known as the ‘special period’ from 1989 to 1995. During that time, the Cuban economy essentially collapsed and its citizens experienced significant shortages of basic supplies, including food and medicine. These hardships led the Cuban government to formerly request assistance in ending the blockade from the United Nations (UN) in 1991. Since then, the UN General Assembly has overwhelmingly passed a resolution criticizing the impact of the embargo and calling for it to be lifted on an annual basis. In the most recent vote, which was held on November 2^nd, 2023, 187 countries supported the non-binding resolution, with only ‘United States, Israel’ voting against it and the Ukraine abstaining. This was ‘the thirty-first time the United Nations voted to end the embargo.’

Image is licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0

According to Bruno Eduardo Rodríguez Parrilla, Cuba’s Minister of Foreign Affairs, in 2022 alone, ‘the economic damage from the blockade amounted to $4.867 billion and has meant a dearth of goods, long lines, high prices and devalued salaries, causing suffering among Cuban families, including, sometimes, devastating blackouts.’ He further added that ‘children and pregnant women, are damaged by the choppy supply of medicines…people have difficulties acquiring insulin, antibiotics, pain killers and other medication.’ He accused the American government of ‘lying when it asserts that the blockade does not prevent access to medicines or medical equipment.’ 

In response to the latest vote at the UN General Assembly, the US representative stated that while the American government opposes the resolution, ‘the United States stands resolutely with the Cuban people and strongly supports their pursuit of a future with human rights and fundamental freedoms.’ He claimed that one of the main reasons for the US opposition to the resolution was because ‘approximately 1,000 political prisoners remain behind bars in Cuba, more than at any point in Cuba’s recent history, and nearly 700 of those detentions are from the historic 11 July 2021 protests.’ However, that seems disingenuous, as more than 240 new sanctions were introduced during the Presidency of Donald Trump, whose term ended well before the so-called ‘historic 11 July 2021 protests.’ 

Among the damaging policies enacted during the Trump administration was the US Department of State webpage listing 180 ‘entities’ in Cuba with whom financial business would be immediately forbidden as of November 2017. Twelve months later, on November 14, 2018, 26 new entries were added to the list. Additionally, the activation of Title III of the Helms-Burton on April 17, 2019 made it extremely difficult for foreign companies to invest in Cuba, as it allows for lawsuits against companies that benefit from co-operating with Cuban state-owned businesses. Then, on October 9, 2019, the Trump administration decided that ‘banking institutions subject to U.S. jurisdiction are not permitted to process “U-turn” transactions, i.e., funds transfers originating and terminating outside the United States, where neither the originator nor the beneficiary is a person subject to U.S. jurisdiction.’ In other words, the US does not allow transactions with Cuba even if the transfer is initiated by a non-Cuban bank and passes through the U.S. system (i.e., the U-turn) on the way to another non-Cuban bank. 

In 2020, the sanctions imposed by the Trump White House resulted in a total of 407 Western Union offices closing in Cuba, which basically halted remittances from family members in the US and other countries. Fincimex, an important entity of the Cuban financial system and the main partner of Western Union in Cuba, confirmed that the shuttering of so many Western Union offices in Cuba directly attacks ‘family remittances even when Washington spokespersons lie and try to make it look like the limitations are only on a specific entity.’ 

In January 2021, the Trump administration placed Cuba back on the US list of State Sponsors of Terrorism, along with ‘the Taliban or the territory of Afghanistan controlled by the Taliban.’ That means ‘no United States person may provide payment or financing terms for sales of agricultural commodities or products to Cuba or any person in Cuba, except in accordance with the following terms: (A) Payment of cash in advance. (B) Financing by third country financial institutions (excluding United States persons or Government of Cuba entities).’ Furthermore, any payments ‘involving a debit or credit to an account of a person located in Cuba or of the Government of Cuba maintained on the books of a United States depository institution’ is not allowed. A few weeks after Cuba was placed back on the US list of State Sponsors of Terrorism, concerns about being targeted with fines, sanctions, and legal proceedings led to many banks and financial institutions cancelling or limiting their activities and services in the country, while a number of shipping and delivery companies suspended many of their shipments to the island. Many Cuban businessmen also had their bank accounts closed in the US, while ‘several payment and e-commerce platforms such as PayPal and Airbnb’ refused ‘to provide their services to these businessmen.’ Clearly, the strengthening of the embargo that took place during the Trump administration resulted in the cancellation of significant commercial operations and foreign investment projects in Cuba. 

The Trump administration also reimposed travel restrictions on educational and cultural exchanges, banned cruises, and curtailed direct flights from the US to Cuba. Moreover, it imposed sanctions on shipping firms and vessels transporting Venezuelan oil to Cuba, placed strict limits on remittances from the US, and implemented restrictions on Cuba’s importation of life-saving medicines. Ultimately, the activation of Title III of the Helms-Burton Act and the other sanctions enacted by the Trump administration not only penalized Cuba’s banking and financial systems, they impacted every sector of its economy. It is evident that such measures enacted to strengthen the economic blockade deliberately intended to suffocate the Cuban economy, severely punish ordinary Cubans, and create discontent and despair among Cubans, with the hopes of eventually leading to regime change. 

Unfortunately, the situation did not improve very much after Trump left the White House, as ‘the economic, commercial and financial blockade against Cuba has remained the backbone of U.S. policy towards the island, and has been opportunistically intensified at unprecedented levels ’ for much of the Biden presidency. Even though Latin American leaders have repeatedly called on the Biden administration to change its harsh polices towards Cuba, none of the sanctions that were implemented or strengthened during the Trump presidency were eased or cancelled until very recently. Sadly, the changes made by the Biden administration proved to be very minor. For example, on May 28, it was announced that

‘The Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is amending the Cuban Assets Control Regulations (the “Regulations”) to further implement elements of the policy announced by the Administration on May 16, 2022, to increase support for the Cuban people. Among other things, these amendments increase support for internet freedom for the Cuban people and independent Cuban private sector entrepreneurs by expanding authorizations for internet-based services and a range of financial transactions.’

Additionally, the OFAC permitted ‘independent private sector entrepreneurs in Cuba…to maintain and use a U.S. bank account to conduct authorized or exempt transactions,’ while also authorizing ‘“U-turn” transactions to help the Cuban people, including independent private sector entrepreneurs, by facilitating remittances and payments for authorized transactions in the Cuban private sector.’ These recent changes only affect a small portion of the Cuban population, amounting to about ‘11,000 private businesses.’ Also of note, the U.S. removed Cuba from its list of countries ‘not cooperating fully’ on counterterrorism earlier this month, which also includes Iran, North Korea, Syria and Venezuela. However, it remains on the US list of State Sponsors of Terrorism. Given their limited scope, these changes do little to alleviate impacts of the coercive measures that were implemented during the Trump administration to suffocate the Cuban economy, which continue to be extremely destructive to the daily lives of all Cubans.

During the Cold War Era, Washington consistently maintained that regime change was a prerequisite for lifting the economic embargo on Cuba. At that time, the fear of communism spreading throughout the Americas was prevalent in the US. This was evident when President Kennedy claimed that Fidel Castro’s ‘anti-American and pro-Communist messages are carried in books and newspapers shipped to every corner of the hemisphere – often concealed in diplomatic pouches – and handed out together with Soviet propaganda by the Cuban embassies.’ He also stated that ‘Presna Latina, Latin America’s largest news agency, controlled from Havana,’ attacks ‘the United States and the leaders of every Latin American democracy.’ According to President Kennedy,

‘Castro’s campaign has met with success in almost every country – in Brazil, where both Presidential candidates found it politically expedient to appeal to pro-Castro and anti-American elements in the electorate – in Mexico, where anti-American riots followed pressure on a pro-Castro spokesman – in Guatemala, where Castro-equipped revolutionaries are a real menace -in Uruguay, where a general strike was threatened if Castro was not supported at the San Jose Conference.’

In the 1980s, president Ronald Reagan stated that

‘The Soviet Union owns Cuba, lock, stock, and barrel. We blockade it, now it’s a grave logistical problem for them…. We blockade Cuba, which could not afford that blockade, and we say to them: ‘Get your troops out of Afghanistan and we give up the blockade.’

However, both the Democrats and Republicans have maintained and strengthened the economic blockade for decades following the collapse of the Soviet Union. One of the possible reasons for this is that they are seeking to placate certain political interest groups, including vindictive Cuban-Americans, ambitious anti-socialists, and anti-communist ideologues of the Cold War Era, who are afraid that the battle of ideas has not yet ended. If that is the case, then that means the demands of powerful interest groups outweigh Cuba’s right to exist and operate as a sovereign country in the eyes of the US.

Presently, Cold War Era rhetoric is rarely employed by American officials, who mainly pretend to care about liberal values and principles, as well as humanitarian conditions in Cuba. They often state that they use sanctions as tools ‘to advance democracy and promote respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms in Cuba,’ even though the economic blockade itself is illiberal and inhumane, as it relies on illiberal and anti-democratic measures. These officials further claim that Cuba’s human rights record is the main obstacle to the full re-establishment of diplomatic and economic relations between the two nations. However, history and current world events serve as testaments to the hypocrisy of the American government’s position in this regard. The US has a long record of consistently violating or ignoring fundamental human rights and democratic principles when it serves to further its ideological and economic interests.

Image: Afghans stand in the sewage ditch outside Abbey Gate as they attempt to show documents to Marines processing evacuees on Aug. 25. Credit: Mirzahussain Sadid for Alive in Afghanistan

The 20^th and 21^st centuries are littered with numerous examples of the US government citing the violation of human rights and democratic principles as pretexts to justify interference in the domestic affairs of sovereign countries, often in the form of military interventions. There is a long list of governments who were overthrown or destabilized by the US, some on multiple occasions, for refusing to fully adhere to its dictates, including Guatemala (1953-1954, 1960), Indonesia (1957-1958, 1965, 1975), the Dominican Republic (1960-1966), Chile (1964-1973), Cambodia (1955-1973), Laos (1957-1973), the Congo (1960-1964), Greece (1964-1974), Bolivia (1964-1975), Zaire (1975-1978), Iraq (1990-1991, 2003), Afghanistan (1979-1992 and 2001-2021), Libya (2011), and Syria (2014-). Furthermore, history has shown that American governments have rarely hesitated to cooperate with and prop up despotic and corrupt regimes whenever it suited their interests. Specific examples include Pinochet in Chile, the Somoza regime in Nicaragua, Suharto in Indonesia, the Shah in Iran, and the repressive House of Saud in Saudi Arabia, just to name a few. These partial lists of military interventions and support for repressive regimes clearly demonstrate that the administration in Washington will not hesitate to violate human rights and democratic principles if it is in its interest to do so. With respect to accusations of Cuba violating human rights, Fidel Castro (2007) stated:

Cuba is very different from the United States. The United States exploits other nations, has appropriated a large part of the world’s natural resources and is making tens of millions of workers all over the world labour in the service of its caste of millionaires. Cuba doesn’t exploit other nations; Cuba hasn’t appropriated. And is not struggling to appropriate, the natural resources of other nations, Cuba isn’t trying to make the workers in other nations labour in its service…With our revolution, we are eradicating not only the exploitation of one nation by another but also the exploitation of one human being by another.

American propaganda aside, Cuba is actually widely-renowned for its commitment to peace, social justice, equality, and humanitarian aid. It has been very active in terms of providing foreign aid in spite of the US embargo, primarily in the form of sending highly-trained specialists to developing countries where such skills are needed, including teachers, doctors, and engineers. In fact, Cuba has been sending doctors to countries throughout Latin American and Africa, which are unable to meet the health care needs of their citizens, since its Socialist revolution in 1959. 

On the island itself, all Cubans are regarded as equals and are afforded protection from discrimination based on race, colour, religious beliefs, sexual orientation, opinions, social status, etc. Moreover, despite the severity and longevity of the embargo, the Cuban government has managed to a attain higher life expectancy, and lower rates of child mortality, child malnutrition, and poverty, compared to many other countries in Latin America. One of the main factors behind these successes is that Cuban Socialism has prioritized universal health care and free access to education for all of its citizens. In fact, Cuba’s socialist government accepts the right to work, the right to housing, free and equal access to education and professional training, cultural activities, and health care services as human rights. According to Cuban socialism, without such rights being guaranteed, one cannot attain many forms of freedom, including economic freedom, the freedom of self-determination and self-development, political freedom, as well as civil liberties. It could be argued that Cuba’s interpretation of human rights goes well beyond the reductive version defended by its American counterparts. 

Contrary to statements made by American officials, the US embargo not only violates the human rights of Cubans, it also goes against the United Nations Charter and international law.

The trade embargo directly violates articles 2, 3, 19, 22, 23, 25, and 30 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Additionally, the economic blockade has created ‘shortages, hardship and suffering for all Cuban people,’ violated their right to ‘self-determination,’ ‘generated significant losses in monetary terms and have also affected the rights of Cubans, especially the poorest.’ It has directly impeded the economic and technological development of the island, thereby lowering the living standards of all Cubans. The demonstrations consisting of a few hundred of people that transpired in many cities across Cuba in recent months were largely a reaction against the current shortages, which are ultimately outcomes of the longest economic embargo in history. However, despite enduring tremendous hardships, socialist Cuba remains a symbol of resistance to neo-colonialism, imperialism, capitalism, and western hegemony for much of the world. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Birsen Filip holds a PhD in philosophy and master’s degrees in economics and philosophy. She has published numerous articles and chapters on a range of topics, including political philosophy, geo-politics, and the history of economic thought, with a focus on the Austrian School of Economics and the German Historical School of Economics. She is the author of The Early History of Economics in the United States: The Influence of the German Historical School of Economics on Teaching and Theory (Routledge, 2022).

She is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

I spoke to William Sakawa, a producer and reporter with the Nairobi-based media outlet African Stream, about Kenyan President William Ruto’s agreement to invade Haiti for the US.

ANN GARRISON (AG): Why do you think the Kenyan government is willing to send 1000 Kenyan police to Haiti, another Black nation in the developing world?

WILLIAM SAKAWA (WS): I think the government feels so bold as to do something so clearly traitorous because Kenya has always been a colony. It has never really attained independence. Since the time of the handover in 1963, we have remained dependent on institutions like the World Bank and the IMF. So our government has always leaned West and eagerly executed Western agendas.

An example is the 1978 incident in which Kenya served as a launchpad for the Israeli operation in Uganda to go on the offensive against Idi Amin, in what was framed as an attempt to free Israeli hostages. Kenya was used for that.

At the same time, Israel was supporting apartheid in South Africa, and the majority of the African Union condemned that. Only a few countries like Kenya and Malawi maintained a semblance of relations with both Israel and South Africa. That was during the President Jomo Kenyatta era, from 1964 to 1978, then the President Daniel arap Moi era, from 1978 to 2002.

Mwai Kibaki became president from 2002 to 2013, then Uhuru Kenyatta from 2013 to 2022. When Ruto was elected nothing much changed. Corruption remained endemic, and I think this explains a lot, though you don’t see it highlighted in Western media, because Kenya is a Western ally. Same thing with Ukraine. I think this corruption creates a pressure point for Western nations. Our leaders store their ill-gotten wealth in the West, in property, tax havens, and so forth, and it could all be sanctioned and seized if they didn’t do what the West wants. The same is true of a lot of African leaders.

Also, our president now, William Ruto, is one of six guys who were sent to stand trial at the ICC for crimes committed during the political violence of 2007-2008, but his case was dismissed in 2016. His lawyer, Karim Khan, became the ICC prosecutor in 2021, and I think the convenience around all this is just too stark. It looks to me as though, in exchange for what was a good deal for him, Ruto agreed to serve the Western agenda and ultimately pledged 1000 Kenyan police to Haiti.

Kenya has not invested in the education of its people enough for them to understand or care about this deployment to Haiti. Most of them are disengaged and just trying to survive; they don’t participate in Kenyan foreign policy. The centuries of suffering of the Haitian people at the hands of their Western oppressors don’t register with them. There’s just a tiny but growing minority, including those of us at African Stream, who are concerned and outspoken about this.

AG: Sounds like the US, where most people are disengaged and unconcerned with this deployment as well.

WS: With our disengaged public, Kenya doesn’t have a coherent foreign policy based on principle. It’s much more transactional, and this deployment to Haiti is one more transaction with the West.

They’ve made a deal with Ruto and called it a Pan-African affair. And Ruto is of course eager to call it Pan-Africanism when it’s obviously the exact opposite.

I think the original intervention budget was nearly $250 million, and now it’s more. This is to pay for the deployment, but the majority of it is administrative cost , which will no doubt make it into the pockets of the elites, including William Ruto’s. How do you think Uhuru Kenyatta became a near billionaire? It wasn’t because he founded a hugely profitable business. 

AG: This week Haitian Americans demonstrated outside the Kenyan Embassy in the US chanting “Still a Slave” in reference to Ruto. Do the tiny minority who oppose the deployment visibly protest there in Kenya?

WS: Protest of foreign policy is not something that happens here, not only because the population is disengaged, but also because it’s not safe. Our constitution guarantees freedom of assembly, but that doesn’t mean it’s a reality, and Kenyan police are very brutal. I think that’s one reason they’ve been chosen for this deployment.

AG: I know the story of Dr. Abdiwahab Sheikh Abdisamad, who was kidnapped off the streets in Nairobi, held in captivity for 10 days, then unceremoniously dumped back on the streets.

WS: Yes, that’s an example of how Kenyan police operate beyond the law with impunity. 

AG: What about the High Court of Kenya, which ruled in January that the deployment to Haiti violated the Kenyan Constitution? Isn’t President Ruto violating the court’s ruling?

WS: Yes, but no one will do anything about that.

AG: So the apparatus of force will not uphold the law if the executive refuses to?

WS: That’s right. Like you, we have three branches of government—the executive, legislative, and judiciary—but in fact the executive holds most of the power.

AG: So Ruto is just blowing off your Constitution and High Court to deploy these troops to Haiti?

WS: Yes.

AG: While the US lauds Kenya as a tranquil bastion of liberal democracy.

WS: Exactly. And Kenya’s subservience is especially important to the West now that it’s being kicked out of the Sahel nations.

AG:  Hasn’t Kenyan politician Ekuru Aukot gone to court to demand that the ruling be respected? He’s told the press that the agreement between President Ruto and Haitian Prime Minister Ariel Henry was invalid, and Ariel Henry isn’t even the prime minister anymore.

WS: Ekuru Aukot can go to court all he wants, and that will at least generate headlines, educate, and make his point, but ultimately Ruto will ignore the results and do what he wants. He and the US have made too great an investment in this to back down, and neither have a political constituency that will force them to.

Kenyan police will go to Haiti, and if the violence leads to some coming home in body bags, Ruto will describe them as heroes who died for a Pan-African cause.

AG: Isn’t there some complaint that Kenya has problems at home, particularly in its northern districts, that its police should address before going overseas? I believe that a reporter for your leading television outlet questioned Ruto about this at a press conference while he was here.

WS: That’s true, and there are problems in the northern district that Ekuru Aukot hails from, but in the end, again, Ruto and the US will both do what they want.

AG: Those Kenyan police will get paid a lot more serving in this US-led force in Haiti than they could get paid at home. Ths same has been true of African troops who served in Iraq and Afghanistan or who now serve with AFRICOM or in various “peacekeeping” deployments, like those in Somalia, which include Kenyans, or like the Rwandan deployment to protect TotalEnergies’ interests in Mozambique. Isn’t this likely to create a self-interested constituency in support of the deployment, as it has in these other instances?

WS: That’s quite likely.

AG: Has African Stream been in touch with the resistance on the ground in Haiti?

WS: Yes, we interviewed grassroots organizers with MOLEGHAF , the National Movement for Liberty and Equality of Haitians for Fraternity, and we are staying in touch. The main thing we can do right now is to keep talking about this so that it doesn’t all take place in darkness. 

AG: William, thank you for speaking to Black Agenda Report.

WS: You’re welcome.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

William Sakawa is a producer and reporter for the Nairobi-based media outlet African Stream.

Ann Garrison is a Black Agenda Report Contributing Editor based in the San Francisco Bay Area. In 2014, she received the Victoire Ingabire Umuhoza Democracy and Peace Prize for her reporting on conflict in the African Great Lakes region. She can be reached at [email protected]. You can help support her work on Patreon. 

Featured image is from BAR

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

The Emir of Qatar, Tamim al Thani, recently said that he supports the street protests in Idlib, Syria where people are protesting the dictatorial rule of the Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS) terrorist group.

This marks a monumental change in policy for Qatar, and maybe the first step toward restoring diplomatic ties with Syria.

Beginning in 2011, and the Obama administration’s US-NATO war on Syria for regime change, Qatar has been a close and loyal ally to the US, and was used as a financial backer of the various terrorist groups brought into Turkey, and trucked across the border to Idlib.

Sheikh Hamad bin Jassim bin Jaber bin Mohammed bin Thani Al Thani, former Prime Minister of Qatar, and foreign minister until 2013, gave an interview in which he admitted Qatar provided the money to bankroll the terrorists in Syria as they attacked the Syrian people and state. He made it clear that the cash delivered was sanctioned, and administered by the US in Turkey. Qatar was not working alone, but under a strictly controlled partnership with the US government.

In 2017, President Trump shut down the CIA operation Timber Sycamore which ran the failed project to overthrow the Syrian government.

Qatar is now turning their back on the terrorists who occupy Idlib. Mohamed al-Julani is the leader of HTS. He is Syrian, raised in Saudi Arabia, fought with Al Qaeda in Iraq against the US, aligned with ISIS founder Baghdadi, came to Syria from Iraq to develop Jibhat al-Nusra, the Al Qaeda branch in Syria.

Once Jibhat al-Nusra became an outlawed terrorist group, Julani switched the name to HTS in order to preserve his support from Washington, DC. Even though the US has a $10 million bounty on his head issued by the US Treasury Department, he is safe and secure in Idlib, where American journalists have visited him for interviews, in which he has sported a suit and tie, wishing to present himself as a western-leaning terrorist that the US can count on.

When the Syrian Arab Army and the Russian military would fire a bullet towards the terrorists in Idlib, the US would denounce it as an attack on innocent civilians. This kept Julani safe and secure, and in charge of humanitarian aid coming across the border from Turkey. The aid was from the UN and various international charities. While the 3 million people living in Idlib are not all terrorists, all the aid passes through the hands of Julani and his henchmen. If you bow down to Julani, you get your share of rations, but if you have complained, you are denied. Those who are cut off from the aid can buy their supplies from Julani at his Hamra Shopping Mall, which he built in Idlib, where he sells all the surplus aid sent to Idlib.

The civilians in Idlib have taken to the streets protesting the rule of HTS. Many people have been arrested by HTS, some tortured, and others killed. The people are demanding that Julani leave.

They are asking for freedom and a fair administration. The various aid agencies have complained that HTS will not allow any free programs for women, such as learning employable skills. Women there are not allowed to seek employment, except in places which are only female. HTS rules with a strict form of Islamic law, which they interpret to their benefit.

Saudi Arabia and Syria have established full normal relations, with an exchange of ambassadors. At the Arab League Summit in May in Bahrain, the Crown Prince of Saudi Arabia, Mohamed bin Salman (MBS) met personally with Syrian President Bashar al-Assad. They also met at the previous Arab League Summit in Saudi Arabia.

MBS recently announced a humanitarian grant to the UN to repair 17 hospitals in Syria which had been damaged in the 7.8 earthquake which killed 10 thousand in Syria.

MBS also sent spare parts for the Syrian Air commercial planes, which had suffered under US sanctions and were prevented from maintaining their safety by Washington. Recently, the very first planes of Syrians began flying to Saudi Arabia for the first time in 12 years, to perform the Haj pilgrimage.

On May 30, the leader of Iraq said he hopes to announce a Turkey-Syria normalization soon. Turkey, like Qatar, had been supporting the various terrorist groups in Syria in cooperation with the US.

Turkey also has made a turn-around in their position, and has been looking for a way to exit Idlib and the other areas it occupies in Syria, in preparation of a re-set with Damascus.

The relationship between the US and Ankara has remained tense after the US partnered with the Syrian Defense Forces (SDF). Turkey considers the SDF as a branch of the PKK, the outlawed international terrorists group who has killed 30,000 people over three decades, while wanting to establish a Kurdish State.

The SDF are planning to have elections on June 11 in an effort to gain western support for a Kurdish State. Erdogan has stated Turkey will never allow this to happen.

If the SDF were to lay down their arms, they could repair their relationship with Damascus, and at the same time Turkey could then withdraw their occupation forces from Syria. With Turkey out of Syria, their normalization process could begin.

When the SDF have repaired their broken relationship with Damascus, and the Turkish threat no longer exists, then the US military can withdraw their 900 occupation force from Syria.

Recently, General Mazloum, the leader of the SDF, said that the problems between the Kurds and Damascus are internal problems, and cautioned against any foreign interference, especially from Turkey.

The situation is changing rapidly in Syria. The economy is collapsed, with the inflation rate over 100% in the last year due to crippling US sanctions. Because the US military is occupying the largest oil and gas field in Syria, this prevents the production of electricity for the national grid, and Syrian are living with three hours of electricity per day.

US sanctions prevent some of the most vital medicines from being imported, as western medical companies are fearful of running afoul of the US sanctions, and has produced a culture of over-compliance, which deprives Syrian citizens’ life-saving medicines and medical supplies.

The battlefields have been silent for years, and the silence grew into a status-quo, where the American and Turkish foreign policy prevented a resolution to the conflict that has destroyed lives and prompted the largest human migration in recent history as Syrians have sought work abroad.

Turkey, Saudi Arabia and Qatar all played significant roles assigned to them by the US State Department under the Obama administration. There is a light at the end of the tunnel with the reversal of policies toward Syria, and Qatar and Turkey are set to play major roles in the recovery process in Syria. These reversals are also significant as they mark a change in the relationship between the US and several regional countries. This is part of the ‘New Middle East’ that Washington called for, but the role the US played has left them the loser.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

On a misty November morning 21 years ago, I was desperately trying to remain camouflaged. Concealed in the foliage of an orange grove in Israel’s rural Galilee, I hurriedly took photos of a drab concrete building not marked on any map.

Even the original road sign identifying the site as Facility 1391 had been removed after a local Haaretz newspaper investigation revealed it housed a secret prison.

I was the first foreign journalist to track down Facility 1391, most of it hidden within a heavily fortified complex built in the 1930s to suppress resistance to British rule in Palestine.

For decades, Israel had secretly held mostly Arab foreign nationals captive at the site, unknown to the Israeli courts, the Red Cross and human rights groups. Many were Lebanese citizens kidnapped during Israel’s 18-year occupation of southern Lebanon. But there were also Jordanians, Syrians, Egyptians and Iranians.

This site would soon be known as a “black site”, a term popularised by Washington’s invasion of Iraq that year. Drawing on techniques refined by Israel at Facility 1391, the US would, in the coming months and years, torture Iraqis and others at Abu Ghraib and Camp X-Ray in Guantanamo.

No one knew how many captives were held in Israel’s Facility 1391, how long they had been there or if there were more such prisons.

However, the first testimonies from inmates revealed horrifying conditions. For most of the time, they were kept in a state of sensory deprivation, made to wear blacked-out goggles, except for when being tortured. In one case that later came to court, a Lebanese captive had been sodomised with a baton by “Major George”, the facility’s torturer-in-chief.

Major George would go on to become head of Israeli police relations with the Palestinian population of Jerusalem.

Another Secret Prison

It was difficult not to recall Facility 1391 this month, as CNN published an investigation into a new Israeli secret prison, Sde Teiman.

This prison was set up months ago to process not foreign nationals but thousands of Palestinian men and boys, victims of Israel’s occupation, seized from the streets of Gaza and the West Bank since Hamas carried out a one-day attack on 7 October. Some 1,150 Israelis were killed and 250 were dragged back into Gaza as hostages.

As with Facility 1391, revelations of the horrors taking place at Israel’s new black site have garnered barely any attention from the western media establishment.

CNN, known for excising Israeli atrocities from its coverage on the orders of executives, should be applauded for finally doing what western media often falsely claims is its role: holding power to account.

Headlined “Strapped down, blindfolded, held in diapers”, the lengthy article details the degrading, brutal conditions Palestinians kidnapped from Gaza and the West Bank are being subjected to.

The number of Palestinians passing through the secretive detention camp, located in the Negev desert, is unknown. But satellite photos show the site is rapidly expanding, presumably to accommodate ever more “prisoners”.

Some Palestinians who have emerged, utterly broken from this incarceration system – where the world saw men and boys being paraded zip-tied, near-naked and blindfolded in Gaza’s streets and stadiums back in November and December – began telling of their experiences months ago.

Predictably, the western media largely ignored the testimonies.

Even when staff from Sde Teiman started coming forward weeks ago to divulge horror stories, western outlets collectively yawned – apart from CNN.

Pattern of Media Failure

This pattern of failure has been noted in the pages of Middle East Eye for months.

Image source

For example, the western media establishment has studiously averted their gaze from Israeli reports that a proportion of those killed on 7 October were not victims of Hamas but of the Israeli army’s notorious “Hannibal procedure”, a protocol to kill fellow Israelis rather than let them be taken captive.

Western journalists still mostly avoid highlighting the fact that Israel is actively starving the entire population of Gaza of food and water, an unquestionable crime against humanity. Instead, journalists echo their own governments by labelling this Israeli-induced famine a “humanitarian crisis”, as if it were an unfortunate natural disaster.

The media also obscures the fact that western powers, especially the US and UK, are directly assisting Israel in its mass starvation of Gaza’s population – both by denying funding to the UN’s main relief agency, Unrwa, and by refusing to put any significant pressure on Israel to allow in aid.

Echoing the Biden administration, the media still hesitates to call Israel’s actions in Gaza what they are, preferring an occasional mealy-mouthed assessment that Israel “may be at risk” of committing war crimes. None point to the bigger picture that all of these individual “possible” war crimes indisputably amount to genocide.

That obfuscation has become even harder to maintain with the prosecutor of the International Criminal Court (ICC) applying this week for arrest warrants for suspected war crimes and crimes against humanity committed by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Defence Minister Yoav Gallant, along with three Hamas leaders.

Nonetheless, the media have stressed Israel’s and the Biden administration’s indignation at the court rather than the substance of its charges, including the allegation that Israel is exterminating Palestinians in Gaza through planned starvation.

The media avoids clarity on these topics because clarity would be inconvenient. Why? Because, as we shall see, the western media’s purpose is to create a narrative that serves western governments in pursuing their overarching foreign policy goals in the oil-rich Middle East, not ending the boundless suffering in Gaza or holding Israel to account for its crimes.

Used as Lab Rats

As a handful of whistleblowers revealed to CNN, Palestinians are incarcerated for weeks on end in Sde Teiman as they are tortured – both through formal interrogations and through the conditions they are held in.

They are forced to sit blindfolded outdoors on a thin mattress through the desert heat of the day and sleep in the cold of the desert night. Continuously cuffed, they are forced to remain motionless and silent. At night, dogs are set on them. Anyone who speaks or moves risks being savagely beaten till bones are broken.

Palestinian men were rounded up and stripped by Israeli forces in Gaza before being taken to an undisclosed location (Screengrab/X)

People’s hands and legs are tightly zip-tied for so long that, according to the report, some have needed limbs amputated.

As one Israeli whistleblower recounted to CNN, none of these abuses are about intelligence gathering. “They were done out of revenge,” he admitted. The inmates are punching bags for the Israeli soldiers and guards.

But this is about more than simple vengeance. Understanding what is happening at Sde Teiman provides a clearer picture of what is happening on a far bigger, even more industrial scale in Gaza.

Especially revealing are the conditions in a field hospital at the detention camp, housing Palestinians either maimed in Israel’s savage destruction of Gaza or injured by beatings from Israeli soldiers.

They are handcuffed to gurneys in row after row, blindfolded and naked apart from an adult nappy. They are not allowed to speak.

There they lie day after day, night after night, in a state of utter sensory deprivation, with nothing to distract from their wounds and pain. In the midst of this, Israeli medical interns can use their exposed, vulnerable flesh as a canvas for experimentation.

According to one whistleblower, the detention centre has quickly gained a reputation for being “a paradise for interns”.

There, they are allowed to use Palestinians as little more than lab rats and encouraged to carry out medical procedures they are not qualified to perform.

A whistleblower told CNN: “I was asked to learn how to do things on the patients, performing minor medical procedures that are totally outside my expertise.”

Such procedures were frequently done without anaesthesia. Unlike doctors in Gaza, Israeli doctors have ready access to painkillers. It is a choice not to use them.

Medical Staff Missing

With western media so readily colluding in the dehumanisation of Palestinians, it is important to remember who these “prisoners” are.

Israel wishes us to believe it is targeting Hamas and those it “arrests” – the widely accepted euphemism, used by CNN in this article, for those Israel takes hostage – are Palestinians suspected of ties to the militant group.

However, one of the most significant testimonies of abuse from Sde Teiman reported by CNN comes from Dr Mohammed al-Ran, the grey-haired head of surgery at Gaza’s now-destroyed Indonesian hospital.

He was “arrested” – kidnapped – by Israel in December and taken to Sde Teiman. There is no suggestion al-Ran was engaged in armed combat against invading Israeli troops or was associated with Hamas in any other way. He was seized, along with other medical staff, while working a three-day shift at another medical centre, the al-Ahli al-Arabi Baptist Hospital.

He had been forced to flee the Indonesian hospital after it was bombed by Israel and staff there were severely beaten.

Untold numbers of medical personnel have been murdered or disappeared by Israel during its systematic attacks on Gaza’s hospitals. The destruction of the enclave’s health sector is another glaring crime against humanity the western media has carefully avoided identifying.

The contrast with the media’s unrelenting certainty about Russia’s war crimes in Ukraine a short time ago is stark indeed.

Human rights groups are desperately trying to track down these Palestinian hostages with habeas corpus writs, just as they earlier tried to find the foreign nationals held captive in Facility 1391. The Israeli courts have been wilfully obstructive.

In one test case, the Israeli human rights group HaMoked, which was central to identifying Facility 1391, has been petitioning Israel’s supreme court – whose judges include some living in illegal Jewish settlements in the West Bank – to find a Palestinian X-ray technician missing since February.

He was seized by Israeli troops at Nasser Hospital in southern Gaza. The suspicion is that he is being held in Sde Teiman.

According to HaMoked, more than 1,300 Palestinians from Gaza are missing, presumed to be in Israeli detention, including 29 women.

Another surgeon, Dr Adnan al-Bursh, is known to be among more than two dozen Palestinians who have died in mysterious circumstances in Israeli captivity. He was most likely tortured to death or possibly killed in a failed medical procedure.

‘Unprecedented’ Abuses

In further proof that this wave of violence against prisoners is entirely unrelated to suspicions that they belong to Hamas or participated in the 7 October attack, details emerged over the weekend of relentless and savage abuses of the most prominent Palestinian prisoner held by Israel.

Marwan Barghouti, from the Palestinian National Liberation Movement led by Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas – Hamas’s arch-opponents – has been locked up for the past 22 years. Sometimes referred to as the “Palestinian Mandela”, Barghouti is considered a potential future leader of the Palestinian people.

According to fellow inmates and human rights groups, Barghouti is barely recognisable after a series of beatings, one of which has left him struggling to see out of his right eye.

He is reported to be in constant pain from a suspected dislocated shoulder resulting from one assault, an injury that has not been treated.

According to his Israeli lawyer, he has been dragged across the floor handcuffed and naked in front of other inmates at Ayalon Prison.

Barghouti has lost significant weight due to the severe food restrictions imposed on all Palestinian prisoners since October and has been denied access to books, newspapers and television.

Tal Steiner of the Israeli human rights group the Public Committee Against Torture in Israel told the Guardian that Barghouti was being subjected to “unprecedented” abuses and that such torture had become “standard” for the 8,750 Palestinians known to have been jailed since October.

The government minister overseeing Israel’s prison service, Itamar Ben Gvir, belongs to the avowedly fascist party Jewish Power, whose ideological roots in Kahanism explicitly regard Palestinians as little more than vermin.

Bargaining Chips

The western media have focused endlessly on the suffering of the 100 or more Israeli hostages still held in Gaza, though it remains unmentioned that much of that suffering derives from Israel’s actions.

The hostages, like the Palestinians of Gaza, are under Israel’s rain of bombs. And like Palestinians, they face sustained food shortages caused by Israel’s aid blockade. The indiscriminate violence against Gaza affects both hostages and Palestinians alike.

But based on reports by CNN and Israeli media, it seems likely that many of the thousands of Palestinians kidnapped by Israel since October are facing a far crueller fate than the Israeli hostages in Gaza.

Hamas is invested in keeping the Israeli hostages as safe as possible because they are valuable bargaining chips for getting the Israeli army out of Gaza and freeing Palestinians from torture sites like Sde Teiman.

Israel faces no such pressures. As the occupying power and Washington’s favourite client state, it can inflict any punishment it chooses on Palestinians with little repercussion.

That is another facet of the past seven months that the media refuse to acknowledge.

Destroying Aid

Meanwhile, western publics are smeared if they try to name Israel’s crimes as genocide or articulate how the genocide is unfolding. This echoes the suspicions of an overwhelming majority of judges at the International Court of Justice (ICJ) back in January and is implied by the ICC chief prosecutor’s application for arrest warrants this week.

The West’s recent, perverse and self-serving redefinition of antisemitism – a victory for pro-Israel lobby groups – equates Jew hatred with criticism of Israel more so than actually hating Jews.

Under the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance’s new definition, it is antisemitic to draw a parallel between Israel’s actions and the genocide with which westerners are most familiar: the Holocaust.

Conveniently for Israel, western establishments can now disavow an all-too-obvious lesson of history and human psychology: the victims of abuse are quite capable of committing such abuses themselves.

CNN’s reconstruction of the field hospital at Sde Teiman shows dehumanised Palestinians – bound, blindfolded and naked – in rows of gurneys ready to be experimented on. Why would that not evoke, for western audiences, memories of Josef Mengele, the notorious Nazi doctor who viewed concentration camp inmates as less than human, mere fodder for his experiments? 

What echoes should westerners feel watching Jewish extremists from Israel’s illegal settlements ambush aid trucks heading to Gaza, smash up the supplies desperately needed by a starving population, burn the trucks and beat the drivers – all while Israeli soldiers and police stand by, allowing the destruction to take place?

How might it be wrong – antisemitic, no less – to ponder whether a similar brutal, genocidal racism drove extremists in Germany in 1938 when they rampaged against Jews on Kristallnacht?

And what about those who have compared tiny Gaza to a concentration camp during Israel’s 17-year siege by land, air and water, with encaged Palestinians deprived of basic freedoms and the essentials of life? Or those who now call Gaza a death camp as Israel starves the population?

Are such assessments really evidence of Jew hatred? Or are they proof that these observers have understood well the lessons of history and the Holocaust? The systematic degrading and abuse of a people should always be viewed as a crime against our shared humanity.

The moral duty facing us all is to stop such atrocities, not to withhold judgement and mutely watch them play out to their logical conclusion. 

Torture Chambers

The current horrors Israel is inflicting on the inmates of Sde Teiman and, on an even bigger scale, on the Palestinians in the Gaza death camp, are about much more than simple vengeance for 7 October. 

Sde Teiman is the small torture chamber, mirroring the much bigger torture chamber of Gaza itself, where bombs and starvation are achieving precisely the same ends.

Until seven months ago, Israel’s goal was to keep the Palestinians a subjugated, enslaved, hopeless people, confined to a series of concentration camps in Gaza, the West Bank and East Jerusalem. They were expected to remain mute in their suffering and invisible to the outside world.

Over the long term, it was assumed that Palestinians would prefer to flee their immiseration in these permanently occupied, colonised lands. 

The slave revolt of 7 October – brutal and ugly as such revolts have been throughout history – was a devastating shock. Not just to an Israel wedded to its racist, hands-on colonial project of subjugating the Palestinian people. It was also a shock to the West’s wider colonial project, into which Israel is so tightly integrated. 

In Washington’s “rules-based order”, the only meaningful rule is that what Washington and its clients want, they get. The planet, its resources and peoples are viewed as little more than playthings by the world’s superpower-in-chief.

Revolts to this order – whether advanced by Hamas in Gaza, Hezbollah in Lebanon, the Houthis in Yemen or the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps in Iran – cannot be allowed to become a model. The “rules-based order” must be restored with a savagery necessary to teach the the colonised and enslaved their place. 

That was the message of Washington’s own black sites needed in its futile “war on terror” from Abu Ghraib to Guantanamo – sites that drew on Israel’s experiences of “breaking” inmates at Facility 1391. 

The complicity of western establishments in Israel’s current genocide is not an anomaly. It does not derive from a misunderstanding or confusion. The western political and media class see the genocide in Gaza as clearly as the rest of us. But for them, it is justified, required even. The colonised and oppressed must be taught that resistance is futile.

Sde Teiman, like the Gaza death camp, is serving its purpose. It is there to break the human spirit. It is there to turn the Palestinians into willing collaborators in their own destruction as a people, in their own ethnic cleansing.

And a subliminal message is being directed at the western public at the same time: this could also be your fate if you do not join in cheerleading Israel’s atrocities in Gaza. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

South Africa’s ruling African National Congress (ANC) ultimately lost its parliamentary majority for the first time since the end of apartheid 30 years ago, according to the election results. South Africa held election May 29, amid heightened accusations of deep-seated corruption, rising youth unemployment, energy crisis and other multiple obstacles negatively impacting on internal economic developments and growth in the country considered as an economic power in Africa.

The Southern African Development Community Electoral Observation Mission (SEOM) have described the election and voting held as “orderly, peaceful and free atmosphere” in South Africa. In a statement, former Zambian Vice President and SEOM Head, Enock Kavindele, said some 84 observers were deployed to all nine provinces and they engaged with stakeholders from all parts of society on the elections.

“The mission observed that the country was calm and peaceful in the pre-election, election-day, and the immediate post-election period. I must emphasize that there was a very conducive environment for the elections, where only a few isolated incidences of political violence were reported. It was the concern of stakeholders that the incidences prevented special voting and final election campaign events in the areas. Apart from these isolated incidences, observers deployed across the country witnessed peaceful, well-planned, and highly attended political rallies,” Enock Kavindele said.

Election Results

These are the latest verified results from South Africa’s national election, released by the Electoral Commission of South Africa. The electoral commission data showed the ANC had secured 42.6% of the vote. The main opposition, the Democratic Alliance, had 25.8%, uMkhonto we Sizwe (MK) 10.8% and the leftwing Economic Freedom Fighters (EFF) stood at 9.6%.

The partial results may not be an accurate indication of the final outcome because counting from rural areas and townships where the ANC has historically had more support tends to take longer. Population density in the different voting districts can also be a variable.

Under the constitution, the new parliament must convene within 14 days of final results being declared. And parliament’s first act must be to elect the country’s president. It therefore means there will be up to two weeks of negotiations to form a government because the ruling party, after unacceptably losing its three-decade-old, has fallen short of an absolute parliamentary majority.

South Africa went to the polls on May 29, the results which has open a new dawn for its population estimated at 62 million. The country has passed through diverse difficulties and challenges at various stages of its democratic development since attaining political independence. Several analysts and researchers told this article author that South Africa, considered as an economic power in Africa, is suffering from stagnating economy.

Professor Sergiu Mișcoiu at the Faculty of European Studies, Babes-Bolyai University in Cluj-Napoca (Romania), where he serves as a Director of the Centre for International Cooperation and as Director of the Centre for African Studies, wrote post-election comment that

“The lost of majority by the ANC is an unprecedented turn in South African politics. But it should also be seen as a normal democratic development, as alternances in power are needed in a healthy democracy. Now, Jacob Zuma’s new populist party, uMkhonto weSizwe Party, eager to settle its accounts with the ANC, will most probably be in the strange position of ‘jolly joker’ for the formation of a coalition, either with the main opposition party, the Democratic Alliance (DA), or with the… ANC, based this time on a new and disadvantageous deal with the formerly dominant party.”

Diverse Implications

There are explicit indications or signals across the board that the ANC may forge a quick coalition with former South African President Jacob Zuma’s party. A coalition deal with a like-minded rival particularly, Zuma’s uMkhonto weSizwe Party, having won enough support in national elections to help erase the long-held majority of the ruling African National Congress. The party, uMkhonto weSizwe, was launched about half a year ago, and the trends show it is emerging as one of South Africa’s biggest political.

“What we see unfolding  in South Africa is by all accounts a political development of massive importance, coming at  a critical time when the country is faced  with decay, chaos and failure. The elections came at a critical time when despair was running high. The outcome probably saved the country in the nick of time from facing the worst possible scenario one can think of. The massive and unequivocal popular rejection of ANC rule reflects mood and despair of a nation which simply had enough,” Professor Gerrit Olivier at the Department of Political Sciences, University of Pretoria, and South Africa’s former Ambassador to the Russian Federation, told this author in an interview from Johannesburg.

Significantly, South Africa to embarked on a new  paradigm: shifting from majoritarianism to multiparty democracy. The ANC monopoly has  finally ended  in disgrace. Majoritarian autocracy made way for participatory democracy. After 30 years the ANC has lost its  erstwhile charisma, legitimacy and supremacy. Importantly, however was a peaceful transition. A rare phenomenon in Africa no doubt, although adding the caveat that sustainable stability would be hard to maintain in a deeply divided society like SA without a strong government, according to Professor Olivier.

In the discussion, Professor Olivier offered more analysis thus:

South Africans may be right to say ‘good riddance’. But it could also be a case of  ‘apres moi le deluge’ as a French royalty once remarked. It is, therefore, doubtful whether the  demise of the ANC misruled majoritarianism would lead to a new utopia instead of further decay and un-governmentalism. Uncertainty will no doubt prevail, the country could indeed be rendered more vulnerable and exploitable because of its deep divisions  and discrepancies. Therefore, a government that can effectively govern will be the sine qua non of a stable political future. The new politics of coalition-formation, horse trading and resulting decision-making paralysis (a la Ramaphosa), would no doubt  bring into play national, decay  and destabilization and should be avoided at all costs.

The country suffers from dearth of political leadership and  might well be facing a new phase of  painful political accommodation. This is our major dilemma. The ANC’s  legitimacy  was largely  based on red herrings like anti-apartheid-ism, race politics, the ‘struggle’, and colonialism, but now lost its erstwhile currency among the majority of voters and  a new narrative as how to get a better life for all, is what the Anti-ANC majority yearn for. This is a heightened challenge.

Future Uncertainty

Uncertainty still remains over the future of ANC. There ia also an apparent sources to campaign for its resuscitation but would definitely be brought to its initial years with massive support due to multiple factors. Corruption is number one, and that is  followed by deliberate failure to address internal problems. Complicating matters is the fact that the Ramaphosa’s administration is frequently globe-throttling on international stages for prestigous status while rising crime rate and majority of the population wallowing in abject poverty.

The ANC has won every election since 1994, when Nelson Mandela led the party to power following the end of the apartheid regime. Cyril Ramaphosa was responsible for ousting Zuma as South Africa’s leader in 2018, however, and there remains considerable animosity between the two (ANC and uMkhonto we Sizwe (MK) political heavyweights.

The African National Congress (ANC) is a political party in South Africa. It originated as a liberation movement known for its opposition to apartheid and has governed the country since 1994, when the first post-apartheid election resulted in Nelson Mandela being elected as President of South Africa.

South Africa has a mixed economy, and the most industrialized and technologically advanced in Africa. It is the second largest economy in Africa after Nigeria. It is a member of the Southern African Development Community (SADC), the African Union (AU), BRICS and a number of other international organizations. With its neighbouring countries of Namibia, Botswana, and Zimbabwe; and to the east and northeast by Mozambique and Eswatini, South Africa is located in the southernmost part of Africa.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Kester Kenn Klomegah, who worked previously with Inter Press Service (IPS), Weekly Blitz and InDepthNews, is now a regular contributor to Global Research. He researches Eurasia, Russia, Africa and BRICS. His focused interest areas include geopolitical changes, foreign relations and economic development questions relating to Africa. As a versatile researcher, he believes that everyone deserves equal access to quality and trustworthy media reports.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Ukrainian crews maintaining US-supplied M1 Abrams tanks admitted there are several problems with using the armoured vehicles on the battlefield against Russian forces, CNN reported on May 29.

The Abrams’ poor performance shows that the Ukrainian military is not only suffering from a lack of weapons but even quality weapons once they arrive, a scenario that will ensure Kiev must negotiate peace with Moscow on extremely unfavourable terms.

According to the Ukrainian crews, the $10 million vehicles did not have sufficient armour against modern weapons such as drones and thus failed to adequately protect personnel operating the equipment from attack. CNN cited one insider as saying that tanks had become the “number one target” of Russian forces, adding that “without defence, the crew doesn’t survive at the battlefield.”

The insider’s colleague, using the callsign Joker, explained that the Abrams “armour is not sufficient for this moment. It doesn’t protect the crew. For real, today this is the war of drones. So now, when the tank rolls out, they always try to hit them.”

Ukrainian sources also said the tanks appeared to have technical problems, such as condensation affecting the electronic components. Serving soldiers noted that tanks were not suited for the war conditions, given that normally, air power and artillery, which Ukrainian forces lack, help clear the battlefield before tanks and troops advance.

The US has deployed 31 Abrams tanks to Ukraine, where they are used near the front line in the eastern direction. However, Ukraine’s order for the tanks was controversial, given that the vehicles involve complicated supply and maintenance chains.

It is recalled that on April 26, according to sources cited by the Associated Press, Ukraine had removed its US-supplied Abrams M1A1 tanks from combat against Russia due to swarms of Russian drones, which made it very difficult for tanks to operate without being detected or attacked.

Reemphasising the devastation Russian drones can cause, CNN lamented: “Much of the Ukrainian frontline is now dominated by the use of self-destructing attack drones, tiny and accurate devices that can swarm infantry and even cause significant damage to tanks. The advent of these so called First-Person Vision (FPV) drones, flown by soldiers wearing gaming goggles, has changed the nature of the war, limiting movement and introducing a new element of vulnerability to armored vehicles.”

The Ukrainian crew complained to the American outlet that the tanks were made for NATO-style warfare, in which air power and artillery prepare the battlefield before tanks and infantry advance. This is a problem for the Kiev regime since it lacks artillery, manpower, and air power.

“They would never do it,” Joker said of NATO soldiers undertaking the same advances the Ukrainian military makes without air support since Russia has destroyed Ukraine’s air force. Switching to English, Joker mimicked a NATO soldier: “‘Call the aviation, call the artillery,’” he said. “We have no aviation and artillery. We have only tank. And it’s the problem.”

The lack of weapons and the poor performance of weapons that have arrived from the West has created a situation that Western powers are afraid of – Kiev having to negotiate peace on Moscow’s terms since the Russian military is methodically dismantling and disposing of Ukrainian forces on the battlefield.

The Brussels-based International Crisis Group (ICG) told Newsweek that Ukraine and its Western allies must swiftly act to allow troops to have weapons and training to fight Russia, or Kiev may be forced into a peace deal that is completely advantageous to Moscow.

“For too long, allies clung to magical thinking about Russia’s weakness and Ukraine’s ability to force the Kremlin into talks with battlefield success,” Alissa de Carbonnel, ICG deputy program director for Europe and Central Asia, told Newsweek in emailed comments.

“If Ukraine and its backers do not move fast to fix the problems, Kiev may have little choice but to strike a deal on Russia’s terms. Even if such a deal ended the fighting in the short term it would come at a “tremendous cost not just to Ukraine, but also to European security,” the ICG said. “If Ukraine and its supporters cannot both adapt and maintain their resolve, Kiev will almost surely continue to lose lives and territory, it will then eventually have little choice but to cut some sort of deal.”

Although much was made of the Abrams’ power before they arrived in Ukraine, they have been exposed as weak weapons when facing their Russian counterparts. Ukraine, despite the bravado from the West, was just a scrapyard for outdated weaponry and an excuse for Western military industries to rearm NATO countries. However, the repercussion is that Kiev does not have the strength to impose its will over Moscow in any peace negotiations.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

 

May 2024 will be remembered as one of the most turbulent months in recent times.

First we had the assassination attempt on Slovakia’s Prime Minister Robert Fico,

while just four days later Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi and his Foreign Minister Hossein Amir-Abdollahian both died when their US-made Bell 212 went down near the city of Varzaqan in northwestern

Iran. Seven other high-ranking officials, including the governor-general of Tehran’s East Azerbaijan province Malek Rahmati, as well as the state representative in the region Mohammad Ali Ale-Hashem, were also killed in this highly controversial helicopter crash. Ever since the tragic incident, there’s been speculation about what exactly happened. This includes some rather disturbing reports and details that suggest this wasn’t a mere accident.

Iranian authorities are yet to confirm there was foul play, but the possibility certainly shouldn’t be excluded. The mainstream propaganda machine’s reaction to the assassination attempt on PM Fico and the death of President Raisi also raises serious concerns. Both the British Sky News and Financial Times published reports where they effectively tried to justify the terrorist who attempted to murder PM Fico, while the state-run BBC called the death of Raisi tragic, but still didn’t miss pointing out that he was supposedly “hardline”. These incidents are highly beneficial to the political West, which fuels speculation about the possibility of its involvement in both cases. Concerned with the possibility of escalation, Fico was always highly critical of NATO’s aggression on Russia, insisting that Slovakia doesn’t want to take part in it.

On the other hand, while Fico is seen as “dangerous” for the image of monolithic obedience within EU/NATO,

Raisi was considered a capable leader who was highly respected in the multipolar world.

It can be argued that the Iranian President and his FM Abdollahian were instrumental in normalizing relations with Saudi Arabia, which is a crucial stepping stone toward the stabilization of the US-orchestrated volatile situation in the Middle East.

Tehran’s role in the region has become all the more important after it joined BRICS+, while improved relations with Riyadh could speed up the latter’s decision to join the world’s most important (truly) international organization. Obviously, the political West would do almost anything to prevent such a scenario. And the glee with which many in the US reacted to Raisi’s death suggests it might have.

The highly controversial details about the helicopter crash certainly haven’t helped dispel speculation about the possible foreign involvement. For instance, according to Turkey’s Transport Minister Abdulkadir Uraloglu, the Bell 212 helicopter that Raisi and Abdollahian flew in either didn’t have its emergency signal transmission system turned on or didn’t have one at all. It’s highly unusual that an aircraft transporting such top-ranking officials wouldn’t have a functioning system that could possibly prevent incidents like this, which further suggests that it could’ve been sabotaged. A malfunction is always a possibility and certainly shouldn’t be rejected entirely, but there are other peculiarities that suggest foul play. For instance, there was the highly unusual arrival of a USAF C-130 aircraft to the neighboring Azerbaijan.

This coincided with President Raisi’s departure from the border area where he met his Azeri counterpart,

President Ilham Aliyev. Military sources speculate that electronic warfare (EW) systems could’ve been used to crash the helicopter.

As Raisi was flown in a US-made Bell 212, which Iran acquired in large numbers back in the 1970s, this surely wouldn’t be a problem for Washington DC. Its services are quite familiar with the helicopter’s avionics, including the aforementioned emergency system. Bell 212’s reputation as a highly reliable aircraft is yet another unusual detail that suggests this wasn’t exactly accidental. On the other hand, the possibility of a kill switch should also be taken into account, as US export legislation doesn’t explicitly ban such devices, particularly when it comes to matters of defense and national security.

In fact, there are legal provisions for the installation of remote control devices in US-made weapons and military-grade equipment. What’s more, the possibility of remote control is one of the cornerstones of the F-35 program, which is why countries that buy the disastrous American jet effectively forgo their sovereignty. However, while getting the F-35 means the buyer legally accepted such terms, there’s a difference between that and having secret inbuilt systems that Washington DC can use against export customers in case of any “non-compliance”. Such systems are a serious (geo)political lever that the US can use to put pressure on its allies, vassals and satellite states. On the other hand, they can be used as a powerful weapon against the belligerent thalassocracy’s numerous adversaries.

There are many seemingly harmless systems that the US can use as a weapon when the “necessity arises”. For instance, GPS’s widespread usage by civilian entities doesn’t negate its original military purpose, as the Pentagon itself exercises control over the system. In conditions of poor visibility, pilots often rely not on the frontal radar, but precisely on GPS. For example, mountainous terrain requires special attention to altitude indicators, which can also come from satellites. Disruption of these systems, for example, by sending a broadband signal with a hidden command to a specific MAC address of a product (specifically its avionics in the case of an aircraft), can lead to a distortion of the displayed information. Obviously, in bad weather conditions, this can lead to irreparable consequences for the user(s).

In addition, various kill switches could also be activated through encrypted GPS signals. Any hidden components in the Iranian President’s helicopter could’ve been used to remotely disrupt the altimeter at a time when the aircraft was in a mountainous and extremely inaccessible area.

Bad weather and poor visibility would do the rest. Such inbuilt systems could also kill the engine or the fuel supply system, but that could be too obvious. By making it look like an accident due to a failure of one of the seemingly less important systems, the US could maintain its infamous “plausible deniability”, while still getting rid of the leader of a major adversary.

And this certainly wouldn’t be the first time a NATO country uses kill switches. For instance, France has a long history of backstabbing its customers for the sake of the US (during its aggression on Iraq) or the UK (during its colonialist war for the Falkland Islands). Multiple accounts of Paris installing kill switches on its aircraft and air-launched anti-ship missiles to prevent them from being used against NATO interests prove this. Either way, countries that want to remain sovereign should stay away from Western-made weapons and other systems to ensure these can’t be used against them when the belligerent power pole decides to attack (directly or indirectly).

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Raisi with Ilham Aliyev at the border with Azerbaijan, hours before his death (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

We are only just beginning to recognise the extraordinary power that exists within the field of our projected thoughts. The power to do good and the power to do harm.

We need to be aware that multiple interconnected streams of invisible energy carry our thought waves from one end of the world to the other; contributing to the overall psychic health or sickness of all sentient life forms.

The ‘thought manufacturers’ of the push for full spectrum dominance and central control within a New World Order/Great Reset, are fully aware of the power available to them through the organised projection of thought patterns.

However, by raising our levels of psychic awareness we can neutralise and ultimately overcome this covert – and increasingly overt – attack on our mental well-being.

The key recognition which accompanies holistic awareness reveals that within life’s manifestation, there is nothing that is not connected with everything else. 

Although that is initially a difficult fact to absorb, it is an irrefutable truth. 

Try to discover something that falls outside this paradigm – and you will surely be unsuccessful.

This is because, in universal terms, ‘creation’ involves a process of expanding diversification from a central causality event. As when one drops a stone in a pool of water the resulting ripples expand ever outwards.

We humans are a very recent part of this expanding life diversification process. Only around a million years old within a planetary evolution process of N billions of years.

The new kid on the block in terms of the evolution of the species and planetary flora and fauna, we therefore have much to learn about who we are and how we fit within the extraordinary kaleidoscope of life. 

It is for this reason that we tend to find ourselves flailing around in confusion in an era when a multiple number of crises seem to be overtaking planetary life pretty much simultaneously. 

Within a holistic/quantum assessment of what is ‘cause’ and what is ‘effect’ within times of crisis, it’s important to be aware that the state of health of man is reflected in the state of health of the planet (Gaia) and that state of health of the planet is reflected in the state of health of man. 

Everything is connected and unfailingly cuts both ways. 

For example, in Chaos Theory, it is surmised that a butterfly flapping its wings over Central Park in New York affects the weather in London. 

While this is deliberately at the extreme end of believability, the physics of interconnectedness shows it to be not simply a dreamy delusion.

Each of our actions – and that includes our thoughts – has repercussions. Repercussions on ourselves, others, the natural environment and the universe. 

Yet in our conversations we speak of things happening ‘in the outside world’ as though they are entirely separate and unrelated to us. 

But when we poison our planet’s soil, water and air with toxic chemicals, EMF radiation, chemtrails, wartime explosives and discarded and non-biologically renewable rubbish, our living earth (Gaia) responds just as we would. 

She succumbs to sickness, develops a fever and  – sweating and freezing – tries to expel the poisons blocking her arteries and restore health to her biological systems. 

Dr. Imoto, using special photographic techniques, showed how water crystals take on different designs when the person holding the water filled glass expresses different thoughts and emotions: crystalline beauty when positive and a rectangular dark blur when negative.

Everything is connected to everything and everything is responding in kind.

The same process occurs, for example, within homeopathic medicines. A highly diluted element of whatever the form of the sickness is being displayed by the patient, is ingested and triggers an immune system response that helps to counteract the spread of the sickness. 

It seems miraculous, but is entirely logical at the quantum level of existence. 

Humans are endowed with the ability to direct thought power. We have all, at one time or another, had the experience of sending someone in need ‘positive thoughts’, or having them sent to us. 

The energy transfer is on a very subtle level and in electrical terms may be no more than one watt. 

But the thought vibration carries a crystalline dynamic (using the Imoto water image) and is picked-up by similar energetic nerve cells in the receiver. If not unduly inhibited, it can help provoke a cure.

But at the opposite end of the same spectrum exists a darkly exploited version of the same principle. All such practices can be used either to help or to impede human development. From thought healing to witchcraft.

The psychic condition of humanity as a whole can be destabilised by the directed power of military designed ‘thought weapons’, especially when organised into patterns that agitate at the subconscious level. 

So while mass media propaganda and indoctrination exercises hammer us on the surface of life, we are also the recipients of unseen, unheard thought projectiles at a subliminal level.

Such techniques have now been weaponised to a degree unimaginable a few decades ago. But while AI and EMF frequencies are the tools of a digital cybernetic age, the principle of organic thought transfer remains the bottom line. The foundation which can be built upon either positively or negatively.

I don’t need to go into detail concerning the ubiquitous negative bombardment of the thought surveillance, mind programming and jamming secret service operatives currently attempting to block the rise of the higher mind, thoughts and actions of the best part of humanity.

There is a plethora of well-articulated information available about this vicious war on mankind’s true aspirations and natural richness of being.  

But I do caution my readers to be aware that these days, aside from your snooping mobile phone, your seemingly innocuous TV is reading your response emotions to the programme you are watching and directing such information back to the central control system to be used for whatever purposes are deemed fit.

My unequivocal advice: throw the TV if you have not already done so and do the same with your mobile phone. I dispensed with both more than 20 years ago and have never looked back.

We have this smallish time period left in which to change our way of seeing and doing things, so as to create a shield able to counter the deep state’s negative arsenal and to gain the power to rebuff all such satanic attacks on our deeper God-given qualities.

We are, of course, hit on many levels simultaneously. But it is at the heart, mind, soul level that the greatest damage is being perpetrated. So it is at the heart, mind and soul level that we must now build up our greatest strength and levels of impregnable resistance to the onslaught. 

Image source

Our ‘enemy’ does not have emotions as we know them. Psychopaths have no empathy for the human race, for humanity. That is why, for example, one sees cold-blooded murder on such a devastating scale being perpetrated in Gaza. 

Such criminals are already part-robotic. The Fourth Industrial Revolution/Great Reset intends the replacement of sentient mankind by a sterile ‘designer’ race. What they term ‘Doing better than God’: The Tranhsuman project. They want their own kind in full control of all life on earth and beyond.

When faced by demons, we have only one ‘get out of jail’ card. Our deep and enduring soul. That which connects right back to the supreme nucleus of our existence, of all existence. 

It is here that we store our most powerful weapon for fighting back against pure evil. It is from here that the vibrations come that turn muddy, dark waters crystalline and expansive. Here and the heart. 

It is from here that we direct our positive thoughts and envision the world we are going to get on and build. 

It is from here that the actions involved in removing the fake leaders from their dark thrones emanate. Vital actions, that are imperative for making the changes that must happen at the ground level in the here and now. 

Actions specifically directed to defeat the source of destruction being directed at all sentient life forms, not only humans.

No fake ‘New Age’ spiritual hiding away in a narcissistic lotus leaf of supposed self preservation.

Get this power house going – and we transform ourselves into unstoppable spiritual warriors. And that spells the end of the demonic dimension that has hijacked this planet for far too long.

This transformation is not so difficult. Many would already be there, but for having lost themselves under layer upon layer of deep state, government and corporate generated garbage.  

Fake religion, fake food, fake ‘warming’, fake ‘Green’, fake politics, fake media and fake sexuality, just for a start – and all for the diversion of our vital intention to be who we really are – and rise up in revolt. 

Nowhere in this continuum is there absolute dark – or even absolute light. At both ends of the spectrum is a seed of the opposite state.

It is this seed, that when awakened, has the capacity to set the pendulum swinging in the opposite direction.

It is by daily nurturing positive thoughts and actions that we will spur on the light into becoming the dominant dynamic of the universe.

Being in a place of darkness is never final, there is always close at hand a road that leads back to the infinite light. 

Now it is up to us to unite in preparation for a nobler life. In shared determination to achieve a long overdue victory for the true expression of our crystalline souls over the dark, chaotic distortions of our soulless oppressors. 

If you are not already determinedly moving down this road, start today and keep going until the job is done!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Julian Rose is an organic farmer, writer, broadcaster and international activist. He is author of four books of which the latest ‘Overcoming the Robotic Mind’ is a clarion call to resist the despotic New World Order takeover of our lives. Do visit his website for further information www.julianrose.info  

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

 

 

 

From the very political point of view, the 19^th century in Latin America started in 1808 when the emancipation of the subordinated people against the foreign (Spanish & Portuguese) rule started (and finished in 1826) and was over with the beginning of the Great War in Europe in 1914.

The struggle for independence was extremely speeded up by the French military-political subjection of the Iberian Peninsula when both Spain and Portugal lost direct connections with their overseas colonies. Such a new geopolitical situation fostered domestic Latin American patriotic nationalism which demanded political independence, administrative sovereignty, and economic self-administration instead of the subordination and exploitation by colonial motherlands with their capitals in Madrid and Lisbon. 

These political, administrative, and economic requirements were met by the Portuguese royal court by accepting them and consequently leading the biggest Portuguese colony – Brazil toward the creation of political nationhood as an independent state (Kingdom in 1815, Empire in 1822, and Republic in 1889) on peaceful way but with a minimum of social change.

This characteristic was common for almost all ex-Iberian colonies in Latin America (Mezo/Central- and South America): political independence did not change a social framework and relations within society from Mexico to Cape Horn.

Differently to Portugal, Spain, on the other hand, adopted from the very beginning of the Latin American liberation movements the policy of military confrontation with the nationalists for the sake of eliminating all political, administrative, and economic demands of its Latin American colonies, in fact, by the brutal way.

Such policy, however, directly provoked the revolutions for independence across both Central America and South America. As a result, within the South American Spanish colonies, there were two revolutionary movements for independence against the administration in Madrid:

1) The southern revolution going from Buenos Aires toward Peru via Chile and led by San Martín’s Army of Argentinians and Bernardo O’Higgins’ Chileans (Battle of Maipu in Chile in 1818) attacking Lima – the capital of Peru; and

2) The northern revolution that was more seriously harassed by the Spanish army, was headed by Venezuelans Simon Bolívar and Antonio José de Sucre (Battle of Boyacá in 1819 in New Granada/North Colombia) and back to Venezuela. Nevertheless, both movements met each other in Peru – at that time the fortress of Spanish colonial rule in America. 

In Central America, the Mexican revolution of independence was of its own nature: it started as a social uprising but then became a prolonged counter-revolution, and ultimately was finished as a successful power seizure by the conservative military commander Iturbide who became enthroned as Emperor Agustín I.  

The independence wars in Latin America (1808−1826) as a result brought independence for ex-colonies but this independence was essentially only of a political nature which, in fact, only transferred political-administrative authority from the colonial power to domestic landlords with minimal social and economic change within the society which structure left as it was during colonial time.

Nevertheless, the independence wars across the continent ended with great loss of both life and property. In addition, revolutionary and counter-revolutionary terror followed by insecurity resulted in a struggle between the owners of capital and the labor force that was very difficult to restore the pre-war economy. 

Very soon after the wars of liberation started a violent struggle between the political center and surrounding regions, ideas of free trade and protection, agriculturalists, mine-owners, and industrialists, supporters of cheap imports vs. proponents of national production and export. For instance, the violent struggle between liberals and conservatives lasted in Colombia for more than a century. Finally, the business vacuum in Latin America left by the Spanish colonial administration was soon covered by Western (British, US, French) merchants within the general trend of cheap import and primary export. All new Latin American nations were export economies founded on the exploitation of cheap land and labor for the production of raw materials for Western industries and the global market. National industries were left underdeveloped while common economic institutions were mine, ranch, and plantation. Latin America in 1913 experienced the biggest foreign investment from the UK (more than 50% out of the total) followed by the USA, France, and Germany. 

From the 1880s, massive immigration of both foreign capital and manpower occurred which fostered economic growth. For instance, in both Brazil and Argentina, the Italians were at the top of the immigration number followed by Portuguese immigrants to Brazil and Spanish to Argentina.   

Unfortunately, the national economic development of Latin America soon after gaining political independence was impossible due to the old-preserved social structure of the new political unities as an impoverished population from the villages did not provide substantial support for the local industry in the cities. The essence was that the old West European (Spanish, Portuguese, French, Dutch, and British) colonial system of production and social relations founded on it remained without serious changes. In practice, it meant that two existing social strata were sharply divided:

1) Privileged minority (of exploitation) who monopolized both civil offices and the land for production followed by

2) Hardly surviving peasants and industrial workers. 

Spanish regular and irregular forces fighting in the Somosierra Pass against a French invading army (From the Public Domain)

Economically speaking, in the 19^th century emerged a new power social-economic basement – hacienda, the great land estate (much bigger than a ranch) that was utilizing much more land compared to invested capital surviving by a cheap labor of both natures: servile and seasonal. On one hand, slavery, and the slave trade were soon abolished in all newly proclaimed independent states of Spanish Latin America (by the 1850s).

However, in Portuguese-speaking Brazil, slavery, on the other hand, lasted until 1888.

Nevertheless, as it was in the pre-colonial time, the Negros (African Blacks), Mulattos (White-Blacks), and Mestizos (White-Indians), were left at the bottom of the social structure.[1]

In fact, all of these three socioeconomic groups became peons (In Europe of the Middle Ages – serfs) – peasants allowing a small portion of land within the territory of a hacienda in return for hard labor work on the land. After the independence wars, the new political-administrative establishment in Latin America tended to reduce as it was impossible, at least by the law, racial discrimination based on social, economic, and ideological foundations which in practice did not work properly. The new political establishment intended to integrate native Indians into the newly established nations (based on the West European colonial division) by, in fact, forcing them to participate in post-colonial economic production. In practice, such policy presumed to divide the communal lands among individual owners (agrarian reform) which in theory has to benefit the native Indians. However, it became obvious in the practice that such agrarian reform just strengthened Indian white neighbors. 

As in many other similar cases, concerning Latin America, the wars of independence created local war leaders (caudillo) who introduced military-political structure above civilian institutions. However, caudillo was at the beginning just a military leader, he, as well as, soon occupied other social and political roles becoming, in fact, a national dictator, who represented economic and national interests. He, also, became a distributor of patronage (office and land) as being at the top of a patron-client structure.[2] Up to WWI, Latin America passed through a time of brutal policy of caudillismo, when, for instance, Santa Anna in Mexico, Rosas in Argentina, Páez in Venezuela, etc., have been governing their states as a private possession (extended hacienda) like the medieval rulers in Europe. 

Nevertheless, the practice of caudillismo was in some cases subject to constitutional challenge.

The number of presidents in many Latin American new nations was changed frequently as in the case, for example, Mexico, which had 30 presidents during the first half of the century of its independence. A Mexican president Benito Juárez was fighting the forces of privileged social strata united together with French imperialists who for a short period succeeded in installing their puppet Emperor Maximilian I, on the throne.[3] Benito Juárez by 1867 subordinated both the Roman Catholic Church and Mexican armed forces to the level of secular state. However, Mexican liberals, who provided their country with a higher level of political freedom, at the same time were not able to provide economic prosperity and higher living standards for the citizens. Within the framework of one decade, the liberals paid way for the long-time political authoritarian regime of Porfirio Díaz.[4] His presidency experienced enormous economic progress but, however, making the country dependent on foreign capital investment and left the majority of the citizens in terrible poverty. Such an economic situation provoked in 1910 Mexico’s second revolution.

In essence, within the whole territory of Latin America, economic growth directly assisted in undermining the political regimes that promoted it. There were two reasons for including Latin America into the global market around 1900:

1) A huge investment in agriculture and mines by West European countries and the USA, and

2) Massive West European emigration (primarily from Italy, Spain, and Portugal). There was a “pampas’ revolution” in Argentina which made the country a global producer of meat and grain. Some other Latin American countries, like Mexico, Brazil, and Chile, succeeded in modernizing and commercializing economic production. At the same time, they speeded the export of food and raw materials due to and via railways and docks.    

However, due to unbalanced economic dependence, there were too many risks and failures. For instance, the famous silver mine (and city) of Potosí during the Spanish colonial exploitation, declined in the 19^th century to be only a simple town in the Andes. There was a nitrate boom in production from 1880 to 1919 due to the Chilean territorial gains from Peru (province of Tarapaca) and Bolivia (province of Antofagasta) in the War of the Pacific from 1879 to 1883. Nonetheless, after WWI, the Chilean nitrates industry declined due to synthetic subsidies. In 1914, oil was discovered in Venezuela which in the interwar period (1918−1939) produced extremal differences between the wealthy and poor people. There were towns of Iquitos in Peru and Manaus in Brazil that for a short period promoted them into global prominence due to the rubber production. 

The First Chilean Navy Squadron engaged in the liberation of Peru and sailed as far as to Baja California raiding Spanish ships. (From the Public Domain)

All these economic events promoted a social-living change in society primarily having a direct impact on the speedy process of urbanization followed by the emergence of new social groups whose everyday life strictly depended on contemporary technology (concerning production) and trade (in essence in global terms). That was, in fact, a Latin American (urban) middle class that emerged not belonging either to landlords or peasants. 

Regarding political developments in Latin America in the 19^th century, the people of the continent have been in wars not only for their national liberation against Spanish and Portuguese colonial authorities but, as well as against each other for territorial gains.

Only Brazil was the exception that fragmentation did not swiftly follow emancipation/independence, which concerning Latin America led finally to the twenty independent states (political unities). Boundary disputes have been occasionally on the agenda causing some major wars between the Latin American republics.

That was, for instance, the case with the Mexican-USA War from 1846 to 1848 which resulted in the secession of Texas, which cost Mexico California and in sum 40% of the Mexican original state territory.

It was the 1864−1870 Paraguayan War, in which three Atlantic-facing states (Brazil, Uruguay, and Argentina) defeated and ruined Paraguay – a country in which native Indians succeeded in preserving their ethnocultural identity.[5] This war was followed by the 1879−1883 War of the Pacific when Chile, Peru, and Bolivia joined the battle for the sake of controlling the important Atacama Desert rich in nitrite deposits. Finally, in 1883, Chilean military victory over Peru and Bolivia followed by the accession of lands from both of them, made Chile to be the major Pacific power. As rich natural nitrite deposits were annexed in both wars in the north, Chile enjoyed the next five decades with a real economic boom. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović is a former university professor in Vilnius, Lithuania. He is a Research Fellow at the Center for Geostrategic Studies. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Notes

[1] Concerning the question of population and immigration, Latin America inherited a colonial-style racial structure of their societies. Spanish American societies have been constructed of a great number of native Indians, and a lesser number of Mestizos, followed by a minority of the Whites. It happened that the Indian stronghold of such social structure was in Peru (independent from 1821), Mexico (independent from 1821), and Guatemala (independent from 1838), but less in Rio da la Plata (Argentina, independent from 1810) or Chile (independent from 1818).    

[2] Some of them, like Garcia Moreno, could be a fanatical theocrat. He, among other things, became famous as a person who was in 1873 dedicated Ecuador (independent from 1830) to the Sacred Heart, but in 1875 was murdered by the local liberals.    

[3] Ferdinand Maximilian Joseph (1832−1867) was under the name of Maximilian I Emperor of Mexico from 1864 to 1867. He was the brother of the Austro-Hungarian Emperor Franz Josef and Archduke of Austria. Nevertheless, French Emperor Napoleon III was forced in 1867 to stop supporting Maximilian I as a result of political pressure from the USA. As a result, Emperor Maximilian I faced a popular uprising in Mexico led by Benito Juárez. Finally, the rebels won and Maximilian I was arrested and executed.   

[4] Porfirio Díaz (1830−1915) was a Mexican general and statesman, and President from 1877 to 1880 and from 1884 to 1911. He was a leader of a military putsch in 1876 becoming elected President the next year. The result of his second presidency was a highly centralized government which was supported by the local Mestizos and landowners. Therefore, the power was transferred from native American Indians and peasants. The President promoted the development of country’s infrastructure and industry and was using foreign capital and technical experts to build mines, bridges, or railways through the country. However, the poor economic conditions of the Mexican working class in both industry and rural areas followed by the rising power of the democratic movement led by Francisco Madero (1873−1913) contributed to Díaz’s forced resignation and exile in 1911.  

[5] Paraguayan War (War of the Triple Alliance) in 1864−1870 was a military conflict resulting from geopolitical rivalries between Paraguay on the one hand and the other hand Argentina, Brazil, and Uruguay. Francisco Solano López – President of Paraguay, was alarmed by the military intervention of Brazil in Uruguay. At the same time, he intended to enlarge Paraguay’s territory to get access to the Pacific Ocean as Paraguay was (and still is a land-locked country). Therefore, in 1864 Paraguay started hostilities against Brazil. He hoped that Argentina as traditionally hostile to Brazil would join Paraguay in the war. Still, it was formed anti-Paraguay the Triple Alliance composed of Argentina, Brazil, and Uruguay (at that time, a puppet state of Brazil). The pact was signed in May 1865 against Paraguay. However, during the conflict, Paraguayan’s well-trained military forces of around 600.000 soldiers did not match the task. One of the most destructive wars in the history of Latin America was over with President López’s death in March 1870. The results of the war were terrible for Paraguay as the country lost more than half of its pre-war population together with a considerable territory.   

Featured image is from the Public Domain

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

One strike, two strikes and they are out…

Meanwhile there are even respectable, Establishment scholars who appear to have overcome their indoctrination or institutional discipline to express views on the current campaign in the eternal war of the Anglo-American Empire although at variance—if not deviance—from the positions they have been known to hold in the past or those that continue to prevail among the ruling class, its prelates, acolytes and fanatical hordes.

Tucker Carlson has continued to sail full speed ahead in the same manner with which he confronted the Establishment’s re-enactment of the Reichstag fire (1933) in 2021 and exhibited the strongest circumstantial evidence that the farce staged on 6 January was quite obviously anything but what the Establishment has insisted it was to this day. Then he exposed millions of traditionally ignorant US Americans to the intelligence and immanent sanity of the Russian federal president, Vladimir Putin.

Just last week he released an extensive interview with Professor Jeffrey Sachs of Columbia University. Although Sachs is probably still invited to parties and other events of the New York and Washington season, this prior preacher of shock therapy in Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union—of whose legal dissolution he was personally informed by US stooge Boris Yeltsin—has arrived, on his own it seems, at an independence he could scarcely have been accused of exhibiting for much of his career. That said, just because he has said things with which critical historically conscious people can even violently disagree does not mean that his basic intellectual integrity is fraudulent.

On the contrary, in the cult of individual personality that drives Western society there is also a compulsion to see every human as isomorphic with the verbal behaviour in which he or she engages. However since there is no immanent meaning in language—words—but only judged responses to verbal activity—it takes considerable energy and force to preserve dogmatic personalities of the kind with which we are routinely presented in mass media and wherever substantial power is exerted without corresponding challenge. What I mean is the judgement that anyone is inconsistent (as a liar or an idiot) relies on a more or less static and hence stereotypical or cliché-formed notion of the person whose behaviour is being judged. Hegel made this point more than two-hundred years ago in his journalistic essay “Who thinks abstractly?” (Wer denkt abstrakt?) It is not necessary to take vows of holy matrimony in order to have intimate and confidential relations—although as I child I did believe that children were mysteriously generated by the legal act.

The education of Jeffrey Sachs, although far from complete, induced him to repudiate his role in the destruction of the Soviet economy while sitting on a New York Times panel discussing China. He was heavily criticized for that as well as his unwillingness to categorically condemn the Chinese State—especially by Western standards. However the economist is still ready to believe that the UN Sustainability Goals are benevolent policies driven by the sincere pursuit of human welfare. It appears that he does not advertise his destructive role in post-Soviet Eurasia.

In speaking to Tucker Carlson he retained the positive version of his political-economic engagement. However he recounted an element of his epiphany when the very policy recommendations deemed a success in Poland (for reasons that are too extensive to explain here) were categorically rejected when it came to restoring Russia to the Western political-economic fold.

The refusal of his masters to approve recommendations he had successfully implemented in the CIA-infested Catholic republic east of the Oder was by his own admission a stage of his Kairos. Apparently oblivious to actual Polish politics he assumed—not unlike the worshippers of Ludwig Erhard in Germany—that wonders come from liberal economics in lieu of canonized saints or the deity itself. This failure does not invalidate the lesson he learned, namely that the masters’ were not about to let their servant treat the hereditary enemy of Anglo-American Empire (I find hegemony an insufferable euphemism) in any other manner than destructive.

Perhaps it should be said here that the very intelligence which elevated Jeffrey Sachs to the professorship and fellowship of Harvard University at such an early age was complemented by the spiritual-intellectual dependency sought in the loyal cadre. Repeatedly during the interview Professor Sachs refers to himself as naive or perhaps naive.

That naïveté is cultivated among the bright, once talent-spotters have recruited them for the Establishment. He called the “neo-cons” “true believers”—a term popularized by Erich Fromm—but seems unable to recognise that he too was a true believer, spoiled with rewards that confirmed his own merit but ultimately had little to do with his undeniable intellectual capacity.

Jeffrey Sachs, as a meanwhile marginalized if not banned regime critic, is important for two reasons. In the first place the credibility he enjoys because of his decades of devotion to the ruling cult lends some authority to the criticisms raised by those with little or no access to the apparatus of power. In the second place, Professor Sachs provides evidence of the permeability of a certain—albeit small—segment of the Establishment. His statements are evidence of the mendacity of his masters and ours. Although, unlike Tucker Carlson, Jeffrey Sachs is not willing to call his masters evil, he has at least reached the point of calling them insane. If we need proof that the evil 1% ought to be neutralized (to adopt a term favoured in those heights) there is at least testimony that the insanity requires us to act in our own defence.

This interview was not unlike the Putin interview in one respect. Both Vladimir Putin and Jeffrey Sachs live in the world of diplomacy, civilized behaviour even among antagonists. Although of very different rank and station, Putin and Sachs demonstrate that there are limits to what one may say in public. The conversation Tucker Carlson conducted permitted him to interpolate or extrapolate from the statements made by his interlocutor. Hence we cannot know how critical Professor Sachs really is or how much he really understands beyond the framework his precocious academic career constructed.

This is no where more evident than in the synthesis by which Professor Sachs asserts that none of the current crisis arose from spontaneous errors or miscalculations. On the contrary he argues very clearly that today’s brinkmanship derives at least from the policies (and culture) of Old Harrovian Henry Temple, 3d Viscount Palmerston and the Crimean War. The Old Etonian, David Cameron, who bowled Britain’s first innings against Russia until 2016 has continued that tradition in his assault as foreign secretary—recently on record as calling for direct assaults on Russia with British (and NATO) weaponry. In a discussion of his conclusions as chair of a committee appointed to investigate the origins of the so-called COVID-19 pandemic, Sachs traced the story back at least to 2008 and the ambiguity of US regime claims to research “biodefense”. He also asserted that the 1963 assassination of POTUS John F. Kennedy could no longer be explained credibly by the fantastic story recorded and certified by the late Chief Justice Earl Warren et al. Moreover he concurred with a view meanwhile widely held that the assassination was a coup d’etat at least organized by the US national security apparatus (e.g. CIA). In all these Candide-like remarks—with Pangloss implied—Jeffrey Sachs demonstrated that even the most well-rewarded prodigies can under certain circumstances be induced to question many if not all of the fundamental assumptions by which they were recruited.

Another admission—certainly rare among those of his rank and station—is that he actually values the lives of his family beyond the balance sheets and capital accounts with which political economy is obsessed. The idea that atomic war should be avoided because it kills the innocent (not necessarily the warriors) is foreign to any living Western politician or Establishment intellectual. As in the case of the settler-colonial regime in Palestine, the ideological standard is that mass killing of women and children “is worth it” (as the finally late Madeleine Albright proudly proclaimed for half a million dead Iraqi children). Sadism is an implicit prerequisite for high office and senior civil or military service. Corporations have departments dedicated to it. For Jeffrey Sachs the annihilation of his children and all the children like his was reason enough to oppose the insanity of the ruling oligarchy.

Nonetheless as thoroughly confessional and sincere as Professor Sachs was in his conversation with Tucker Carlson, there were numerous loose ends. Perhaps the loosest of those is the de-contextualization of George Kennan’s anti-Sovietism. While it is true that in later years Kennan criticized much of the Establishment policy toward the Soviet Union he never went so far as to violate the sanctity of Chatham House, so to speak. Candidly this true believer accurately asserted that without military force the US would not be able to retain control over some 60% of the world’s consumption with 4% of its population. He also predicted that the damage the West had done to the Soviet Union would require at least 20 years to repair. In other words those who had ultimately backed the Hitler Wehrmacht as a means of destroying the Soviet Union had succeeded in creating the living conditions claimed to be the fruits of socialism. When despite that devastation the Soviet Union recovered ahead of schedule, the war intensified.

By missing the essence of Kennan’s policy papers, Jeffrey Sachs fails to understand that the atomic weapons developed by the Manhattan Project— the largest single government research project at the time—were always intended for use against the Soviet Union, not against the German Reich or Japanese empire. Perhaps he never saw the de-classified Sandia oral history of US strategic policy. Yet Curtis LeMay was really no exception among the centurions. It was the Soviet Union that preserved what we in the West experienced to varying degrees as peace and prosperity, not the US. Even the story of the arms race taught in the West conceals this fact so as to blame the USSR for what was always unilateral, not mutually, assured destruction.

What was the fundamental change in 1989? Professor Sachs says it was the “neo-con” ascendency. However Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld were already embedded in the Nixon administration. Richard Holbrooke and his slightly older roommate began their careers as Phoenix counter-insurgency managers in the Mekong Delta (VietnamI)—that is junior mass murderers for the CIA before the official “neo-con” tracts were published. The dramatis personae of American empire has been incestuously linked to Britannia’s (in fact the City of London) destiny ever since Cecil Rhodes and Lord Rothschild founded what would become the Royal Institute of International Affairs franchise and the Council on Foreign Relations. A century of continuous class war, for convenience launched in 1913 with such paragons of legislation as the Federal Reserve Act and the South African Native Lands Act, has been waged by the “banking” class, guided by its dogma of world population reduction. In 1989, the triumph of the 1.0% meant that the horrific labour (human) intensive industrialization process could finally be transcended.

The merger of eugenics and ecology, exemplified in the Club of Rome, prepared the ideological foundation for elimination of 20 – 40% of the world’s population, instead of merely 20% of selected target populations (China, Soviet Union, Central America, African states). The United Nations organisation—mainly the plethora of “specialized agencies” and the Anglo-American dominated Security Council and Secretariat—provided deniability for genocide in Korea, Indochina, Indonesia and the Congo or Haiti and of course Palestine. What seems unmentionable is the global enclosures program being implemented behind the facade of UN Sustainable Development Goals. The WHO—originally founded as a shell organization for the Rockefeller petrochemical pharmaceuticals cartel—has openly taken the point for biochemical herd culling/ eradication. The pejoratively denoted “Woke” ideology has emerged very much like Huxley and Orwell described—under the pretext of a vacuous and hypocritical morality, human kind are to be replaced by NCEs, i.e. numerically controlled entities. The abolition of biological sex, both in microsocial and macrosocial senses, accompanies the total commodification of “identity”. It only takes a cogent sense of consistency to see that when there are no essentially human qualities, then there can be no human rights.

Fictive wealth can be indefinitely maintained by the minuscule tribe of monsters with the elimination of sufficient numbers of human beings (20-40% or more). Injecting genetically-engineered toxins into a billion people at a time is entirely consistent with pushing Russia into what could be politely called an atomic exchange.

To the extent Russia and China oppose this nihilism it is because, unlike the West, they have actually been on the receiving end of previous culling campaigns (millions murdered by Western warrior-terrorists). However even there one can hear the grunts of members in the “big club”. Resistance to evil and insanity is far from uniform, especially among those committed to AI and contract pharmaceuticals manufacture.

Nikki Haley is meanwhile standing in for that character played by Slim Pickens in Kubrick’s Dr Strangelove. As can be seen on the banks of the Hudson, Thames, Seine and Spree, between the River Jordan and the sea, the entire Western political class is compromised and or complicit in this accelerating democide.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Seek Truth from Facts Foundation.

Dr. T.P. Wilkinson writes, teaches History and English, directs theatre and coaches cricket between the cradles of Heine and Saramago. He is also the author of Church Clothes, Land, Mission and the End of Apartheid in South Africa. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is a screenshot from the Sachs-Carlson video above

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

It was much like witnessing a boy killing flies, with a slight afterthought of apology. The spokesman for the Israeli Defense Forces, Rear Admiral Daniel Hagari, did little to acquit himself, or the cause, as to why more Palestinian civilians had been indulgently killed in yet another Israeli air strike. “Despite our efforts to minimize civilian casualties during the strike, the fire that broke out was unexpected and unintended … Our investigation seeks to determine what may have caused such a large fire to ignite.”

Watch the video on X

The release commences with the usual garnish.  The strike, despite resulting in deaths in a camp of displaced Palestinians in Tal al-Sultan, was soberly designated and professionally targeted.  It was successful.  Two Hamas terrorists had been procedurally “eliminated” (in the social media release, the IDF proudly places the word upon the heads of Yassin Rabia and Khaled Nagar).  “The strike was based on precise intelligence,” Hagari tells us.  Those killed had, in turn, killed Israelis.  They were having a meeting.  “Their deaths saved lives.”

Away from the glove handling reflections of Hagari, the returns of the May 26 strike showed that Palestinian civilians were also seen as miscellaneous detritus, fundamentally dispensable.  The butchery is now a matter of record: 46 dead civilians, including 23 women, children and the elderly.  All on a sliver of territory fast becoming the most famous real estate of death on the planet.  It’s a particularly bloody ratio for killing two alleged terrorists.

In a statement on May 29 from the UN Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights, various rapporteurs, including such figures as Francesca Albanese, responsible for the situation of human rights in the Palestinian territories occupied since 1967, to Ben Saul, charged with the task of promoting human rights and fundamental freedoms while countering terrorism, expressed their dismay.  “Harrowing images of destruction, displacement and death have emerged from Rafah, including infants torn apart and people burnt alive.”  Such reports indicated “that the strikes were indiscriminate and disproportionate, with people trapped inside burning plastic tents, leading to a horrific casualty toll.”

The Israelis have been told by a number of international bodies, entities, and sympathisers, with repeated urgency, that its current murderous efforts are simply not worth it.  The Rafah front presents further calamitous risks.  The toll, notably in striking camps of civilians displaced by prior bombings and military engagements, would be too great.  The reputational toll, likewise.  The slaughter that pads out and packs morgues; the bodies of women and children that seem to multiply with pestilential cruelty; the incidents of pure callousness dressed in a décor of euphemism: We target, and we target well; the rest is accidental or unavoidable.

The International Court of Justice, in yet another ruling on Israel’s campaign in Gaza, recently concluded that the military offensive in Rafah, along with “any other action in the Rafah governorate, which may inflict on the Palestinian group in Gaza conditions of life that could bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part” be “immediately” halted.  It also ordered Israel to open the Rafah crossing and permit UN officials to enter Gaza and report back to the court within a month to verify compliance.

The ICJ also noted the concerns of UN officials about the risks arising from any military assault on Rafah, one that would put “hundreds of thousands of people … at imminent risk of death”.  Such risks had already “started to materialize and will intensify even further if the operation continues”.

Israel’s politicians and military personnel – at least those lacking candour – always hit upon the same formula in such instances.  It is one noted by such unflagging scribes as the late Robert Fisk: the justification of violence with seemingly sound process, decency with the stuffing of crime.  A trained pupil in such efforts is Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.  “Despite our utmost efforts not to harm innocent civilians, last night, there was a tragic mistake.”  When compared with his previous statements equating all Palestinians to actors behind a terrorist cause, one that would, in turn, give birth to a terrorist state, the element of mistake is less relevant than the desire to conclude the task at hand.

The next instalment of the performance involves the mandatory investigation that yields no culprits, no charges, and no prosecutions. 

“The details of the incident are still under investigation, which we are committed to conducting to the fullest extent,” gabbled Major-General Yifat Tomer-Yerushalmi at a news conference, noting that the IDF “regrets any harm to non-combatants during the war.”

Such a method is also approved by Israel’s staunchest ally. 

“You cannot reach a conclusion about the results of these investigations in the middle of a conflict,” reasoned White House spokesman John Kirby. 

Why, it should be asked, bother?

The Israeli response to attacks on its citizens on October 7 last year, increasingly enfeebled by reality, long ago moved into the realm of farce.  But farce and advertising tend to be part of the same show, and the advertising about the ongoing campaign in Gaza by the Israeli forces continues to rattle the swill bucket.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]

Featured image: Major General Herzi Halevi, at left, with other members of the Israeli military at the Egypt–Israel border. (IDF Spokesperson’s Unit, Wikimedia Commons, CC BY-SA 3.0)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

An Ottawa Police Service detective accused of discreditable conduct after probing the COVID-19 vaccination status of the mothers of deceased infants testified at her hearing that she was upholding her oath as an officer when conducting the investigations.

“My duty as a police officer is to preserve life and property, to preserve the peace. And if I see any one of those situations arising where I need to step in and preserve life, I will do something. And that’s what I did, in good faith, as a police officer,” Constable Helen Grus testified at the Ottawa Police Service (OPS) building in Stittsville on May 27.

Const. Grus, a detective with the OPS sexual assault and child abuse unit, is accused of discreditable conduct for conducting an “unauthorized project” between June 2020 and January 2022 by looking into the sudden deaths of nine infants. Const. Grus is alleged to have accessed Ottawa police files and then contacted the coroner’s office to learn the COVID-19 vaccination status of the parents, as she believed there could be an association between the two.

Image: Cons. Helen Grus (Source)

On Jan. 30, 2022, Const. Grus also allegedly contacted the father of a deceased infant to inquire into the COVID-19 vaccination status of its mother, without the knowledge of the lead detective. While Const. Grus was suspended without pay from the OPS on Feb. 4, 2022, she was ordered to return to work with restrictions during an Oct. 11, 2022, OPS internal hearing.

During her testimony on May 27, Const. Grus said she had been concerned after being informed of a “doubling if not tripling of baby deaths” that happened after the rollout of the COVID-19 vaccines. Const. Grus said two detectives had also told her of incidents where “fully alert and healthy babies” had suddenly died in their mothers’ arms.

“That concerned me. [In] 20-plus years of policing, I’ve never seen that phenomenon,” Const. Grus said.

According to a report by the Journal of the American Medical Association Pediatrics, mRNA from COVID-19 vaccines has been found in human breast milk. The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) also contains data that shows serious side effects and deaths in breastfed babies whose mothers recently received COVID-19 vaccinations.

Const. Grus also testified that when investigating the link between the COVID-19 vaccines and infant deaths, she was standing by Peel’s Principles, a set of ethical guidelines for policing by Sir Robert Peel back in 1829.

The fifth principle, which Const. Grus cited, states that police must “seek and preserve public favor not by catering to the public opinion but by constantly demonstrating absolute impartial service to the law.”

To Avoid Nuclear War, Putin Needs to be a Little Crazier

By Mike Whitney, June 03, 2024

After addressing the Constitutional issues surrounding Ukrainian President Zelensky’s decision to remain in office beyond his four-year term, Putin delivered a brief but disturbing statement on NATO’s plan to fire long-range weapons at targets inside Russia.

Watching Washington Foment Nuclear War

By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, June 03, 2024

Are the peoples of the Western world so completely insouciant that they do not notice that their politicians are pushing them into direct conflict with Russia? It seems Hungarians are the only European people who have any sense.

“We have to deal with the anti-vaxxers” Says Keir Starker. Next UK PM? With the Endorsement of the WEF

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, June 02, 2024

Emergency legislation to combat the anti-vax campaign WILL COST LIVES. It will result in excess mortality. We recall that the COVID-19 vaccine was rolled-out in several phases in England and Wales starting on December 8, 2020.

Mapping the Parallels of US Conflict: From Vietnam to the War on China

By Megan Russell, June 02, 2024

A study of America’s “War on Terror” estimates approximately 4.5 million people have died from the reverberating effects of war, such as disease and economic hardship. That is the reality of war: it leaves a lasting legacy of death and devastation wherever it goes.

They Can’t Control the Gaza Narrative Because Too Much Has Been Seen

By Caitlin Johnstone, June 03, 2024

With Gaza, people saw this one coming and were calling it what it is from the moment it began, because there was already a widespread political understanding — at least on the left — that Israel is a murderous settler-colonialist project and that the Palestinians are a colonized people.

WHO’s Pandemic Treaty Is Dead – For Now

By Peter Koenig, June 03, 2024

Most of WHO’s private funding comes from Big Pharma, their “philanthropic” foundations, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Big Tech and other interest groups. WHO Director General (DG) and his advisory team have already announced that a special WHA with focus on the Pandemic Treaty will take place by the end of 2024.

Jeffrey Sachs Blasts US Sanctions on Russia: “Just one absolutely naive idea after another.”

By Ahmed Adel, June 02, 2024

Jeffrey Sachs, a world-renowned professor of economics and bestselling author, recounted how he warned senior US officials that sanctions on Russia would fail. His statement comes as Daleep Singh, the US deputy national security adviser for international economics, said a large flow of Russian weapons is still powered by electronic components from companies in the United States and allied countries.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

As summertime approaches, one cannot help but notice the every increasing appearance of visible tattoos, mainly in forest green ink. Unlike tie-dye shirts, bell-bottoms, new hairstyles and other fads, tattoos represent a permanent form of mass mimicry or mimesis. Most people with tattoos give less than a compelling reason for this life-long commitment.

The skin is loaded with lymphocytes and one can only wonder does the ink or one of its chemical components stimulate these cells to become cancerous. After multiple individual case reports of lymphoma in tattoo enthusiasts, Nielsen et al has published this disturbing report from Lund, Sweden.

“The study population consisted of 11,905 individuals, and the response rate was 54% among cases (n = 1398) and 47% among controls (n = 4193). The tattoo prevalence was 21% among cases and 18% among controls. Tattooed individuals had a higher adjusted risk of overall lymphoma (IRR = 1.21; 95% CI 0.99–1.48). The risk of lymphoma was highest in individuals with less than two years between their first tattoo and the index year (IRR = 1.81; 95% CI 1.03–3.20). The risk decreased with intermediate exposure duration (three to ten years) but increased again in individuals who received their first tattoo ≥11 years before the index year (IRR = 1.19; 95% CI 0.94–1.50). We found no evidence of increasing risk with a larger area of total tattooed body surface. The risk associated with tattoo exposure seemed to be highest for diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (IRR 1.30; 95% CI 0.99–1.71) and follicular lymphoma (IRR 1.29; 95% CI 0.92–1.82).”

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eclinm.2024.102649

For those who made the potentially unwise choice of a tattoo, these data suggest active surveillance for new persistent rashes, fever, night sweats, recurrent viral illness, or swollen lymph nodes as signs of incipient lymphoma.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from Flickr/Licensed under CC BY-NC-ND 2.0

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

“For two years Biden was absolutely adamant that no US weapons could be used to strike Russia. Now he reverses the policy — aka, he lied. \

So where’s the pushback? Congress, media? What could be of greater consequence than lying the country into war with a nuclear superpower?” — Michael Tracey

Are the peoples of the Western world so completely insouciant that they do not notice that their politicians are pushing them into direct conflict with Russia? It seems Hungarians are the only European people who have any sense. See this.

The Kremlin could not issue any warnings more dire, and in response moronic Western politicians provoke harder.

Are they unable to comprehend that they are provoking a nuclear war, or is it their intention to provoke a nuclear war?

Biden, Blinken, and NATO have made another U-turn. The long range missiles that Ukraine could not use for attacks on Russian territory can now be used that way, but, for now, only on military targets. But the distinction between military and non-military targets is a distinction without meaning or substance. All modern wars are attacks on civilians and infrastructure.

The argument that resulted in removing restrictions on long range missiles is that in order to defend itself Ukraine needs to be able to use the weapons Washington provides to attack the military infrastructure that Russia uses to attack Ukraine.

Russia will simply attack the sites from which it is being attacked, so the long range missiles will contribute nothing to Ukraine’s defense.

Even worse: as the Kremlin knows the missiles have to be programmed with targeting information by US and NATO personnel,

Russia regards the countries responsible for the targeting as combatants and targets. We are on the verge of the final widening of the war.

As every previous no-no became a yes-yes, the Kremlin has to assume that the no-no prohibition on sending NATO troops will soon become a yes-yes. If realism prevails in the Kremlin, this forces Putin to abandon his limited military operation and to knock out Ukraine before it fills up with NATO soldiers.

From the beginning it was obvious to me that the limited military operation was a strategic blunder that would allow the West to become involved, with the consequence being the widening of the war. That is precisely what has happened. We have reached the point where Putin is telling the West to back off or out come the nukes.

But no one in the West hears.

Washington cares no more for Ukrainians than it cares for Palestinians.

The Ukraine conflict is a way for Washington to force Russia into a response that can be used to justify a US/NATO attack on Russia. What is to be served by this? It is a form of suicide for the West.

Where is a responsible Western leader to diffuse this dangerous situation? Why are there none?

Keeping Russian Donbas in Ukraine, where it should never have been put, is not worth the war that is being fomented.

.
As the long range missiles cannot improve Ukraine’s battlefield performance, their only purpose is to be used for provocations. Anyone looking at the situation who thinks more provocations are what is needed is insane.

It is mind-boggling to actually watch Western leaders foment a nuclear war.

There is no opposition from Congress. None from print and TV media. None from European governments except Hungary. Western peoples are too insouciant to understand that they are standing on the edge of annihilation.

“We Are Inches Away from Destruction” — Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban

Some who find reality too upsetting take issue with my warnings of how close we are to a final war.

I have acquired a new accolade — “scaremonger.” But I am not the only aware person on earth. Dr. Postal at MIT understands the seriousness of the situation, as does Mike Whitney, Steven Starr, Gilbert Doctorow, Scott Ritter, and Viktor Orban. Even the restrained, unprovocative Putin now understands that Russia is confronted with war, not a limited military operation to liberate the Donbas Russians.

Image: Viktor Orbán, Photo by European People’s Party (CC BY 2.0)

Prime Minister Orban says that every week he sees more and more signs that the EU and NATO are preparing for military action. The Western governments, Orban has concluded, “want to defeat Russia, they want to achieve military success at any cost.” The cost will be life on the planet. Why is Ukraine’s NATO membership more important than the massive loss of life and perhaps the livability of life on the planet? See this.

It is extraordinary that the Western world will do nothing to stop Israel’s genocide of the Palestinians, but is prepared to destroy life on earth for the artificial borders of an artificial country called Ukraine, which is known historically as “the Ukraine,” that is, as a province of a larger country.

Oban tells the truth. He says “NATO is a strong defensive alliance created to protect its member states, not to intervene in another war.” Oban says he will do what he can to prevent Hungary from being drawn into the maelstrom. “This is not our war, and Hungarians should not suffer because of it.”

But Hungary along with any survivors and Mother Earth herself and all her creatures and plant life will suffer from the massive fires, radioactivity, perhaps a nuclear winter, total disruption of all global supply chains, and so forth. The countries that survive, if any, will be those well removed from the blast zones, wind patterns loaded with radioactivity, and self sufficient in food production. All economies dependent on global relationships will be destroyed.

The world as it is organized today cannot survive a major war. How will cities of millions of people be sustained when supply chains no longer exist? Without war Mexico City with its 20 millions is almost empty of water.

I can continue asking these kind of questions, to which there are no answers.

But it is pointless.

The problem is that except for Orban and Putin, every Western political leader is committed to war for no justifiable reason.

There is no reason for the pending war. Ukraine can exist as a neutral state. Washington can pull back its presence on Russia’s borders.

The American neoconservatives’ nonsensical demand for US hegemony can be abandoned. Whatever the consequences of accepting reality, they are better than nuclear war.

Why is it that no one in the Western world understands the threat to life?

What is the explanation for Biden now approaching the end of his fourth year in office HAVING NEVER MET WITH PUTIN IN AN EFFORT TO RESOLVE THE MOST DANGEROUS CRISIS IN HUMAN HISTORY?

The dumbshits governing us do not comprehend that today’s thermonuclear weapons can be a thousand times more powerful as the atomic bombs the US dropped on two Japanese civilian cities. The weapons today do not merely obliterate large cities, they obliterate large regions.

Steven Starr and other experts have expressed their concerns that a nuclear war could fill the atmosphere with dust and debris that would block the sun for years until it settled. In those years there may be a limited or non-existent growing season. Therefore, all life can be the casualty.

From a presentation by Dr. Theodore Postal, Massachusetts Institute of Technology:

The Russian nuclear Early Warning System (EWS) at Amir was damaged by an attack. The decision to attack the Russian EWS was made in Washington. The drones were guided to their targets using US aerial and satellite reconnaissance (they have to take multiple evasive actions in the course of their flights to evade Russian radar systems, and this can only be supplied via real-time targeting information provided by the US). The operators of the drones were likely mercenaries trained in the US or out-of-uniform US troops. Russia knows this and so it considers this a US attack on its nuclear Early Warning System.

The attack was reckless beyond comprehension. ANY such attacks against the EWS system used to protect Russia from a nuclear attack can justify, under Russian law, a nuclear retaliatory strike.

The US/NATO/Ukraine previously conducted multiple drone attacks on the Russian airbase at Engels, which is where Russia keeps its long-range strategic nuclear bombers. It appeared that at least in one of these attacks, a strategic nuclear bomber was damaged. Engels airbase is hundreds of miles inside of Russia and the drones could not have made it to the base without real-time targeting information supplied by US aerial and satellite reconnaissance.

Russian military planners must consider these attacks as a possible prelude to a nuclear first strike against Russia by the United States.

The US and NATO are also preparing to send F-16s to Ukraine. Russia has announced that they will consider these to be nuclear-capable weapon systems and treat them accordingly, including striking whatever bases these weapons are launched from — inside or outside of Ukraine (meaning in Poland and Romania).

Biden today authorized attacks inside Russia using US long-range weapons. France and Germany then followed the US, giving their approval to the use of Western-supplied weapons to attack targets inside Russia.

The situation in Ukraine is escalating to the point of being out of control. Yet Western mass media ignores these events and the general public remains blissfully unaware that their leaders continue to escalate the war in Ukraine to the point where it can become a nuclear war that will destroy all nations and peoples.

Gilbert Doctorow Explains That Russia’s “Dead Hand” Launch System Cannot be Deterred by a First Strike

Gilbert Doctorow reminds us that the Russians have a “dead hand” launch system. Even if every Russian command and control center is wiped out in a first strike against Russia, sufficient missiles launch to wipe out the US and Western Europe. In other words, there is no advantage in a US first strike on Russia.

Doctorow also reminds us that it only takes one fully loaded hypersonic non-interceptible Sarmat multiple warhead missile to level a country the size of the UK to the ground, and only several to erase the US from the map. It goes far beyond insanity for Europe and the US to cultivate their own suicide. The media keep all information from the public, which is unaware that its continued existence is in question.

Here is Scott Ritter on the likely consequences of attacks inside Russia:

Scott Ritter reminds us that the weapons used to strike inside Russia have to be programmed by the US/NATO countries that supply them. Ukraine is ancillary to the process. Russia understands this and has stated that Russia will attack the countries responsible.

Here is a summary of the Scott Ritter video provided by an expert who shares my concern that Washington is driving the world into nuclear war:

“Scott Ritter explains that any further attacks on Russian strategic sites or attacks on Russian territory using missiles or cruise missiles will result in Russia hitting back against all the NATO targets — inside and outside Ukraine — responsible for such attacks.

“This includes US aerial reconnaissance assets: US satellites, AWACS, and Reaper drones; it includes any NATO headquarters and air bases that were involved in the preparation, programming, targeting, and launching of the long-range missiles and drones used to hit Russian territory. This includes bases within France, the UK, Germany, and possibly the US.

“Ritter says that such attacks would result in the NATO nations struck by Russian retaliatory strikes invoking Article V of the NATO Charter, claiming they had been attacked by Russia.  Ritter says that if NATO member states take this action and unite in war against Russia, then Russia will launch a massive nuclear strike against all these nations.  I hope he is wrong.

“Given that the US, the UK, France, and Germany have all signed off on using long-range weapons against Russia, albeit in a ‘limited’ area of Russia, I think we are close to the scenario that Ritter suggests because the ‘limited’ area of Russia subject to attack will expand. A situation will arise where Putin is forced to hit back in a way that is decisive. The West will deny that the Russian strike is in retaliation for their own thinly disguised attacks on Russia — they will call the Russian strikes “unprovoked aggression” and an act of war.

“The US and NATO have been hiding behind the lie that it is Ukraine fighting Russia — not the West fighting Russia. When US, UK, French, and German weapons arrive in Ukraine, they become “Ukrainian weapons”, and thus Ukraine, not the West, is made responsible for whatever is done with them, whatever targets they hit.

“Russia no longer will accept the lie that only Ukraine, not the West, is at war with Russia. Even Putin has publicly stated that the high-tech, long-range weapons are US and NATO weapons, programmed, operated, guided, and launched by US/NATO troops. The targets are decided on by the US, not by Ukraine. The weapons have to use real-time guidance from US aerial and satellite reconnaissance, hence, Russia will destroy the satellites, drones, and AWACs providing the targeting information. All the components of the attacks on Russia will be targeted.

“Russia is not bluffing. Russia will not back down.”

It is extraordinary that the entire political leadership of the Western world is pushing the world into nuclear war. Why does the West seek its own destruction? What is to be gained?

During the 20th century Cold War in which I was intimately involved both as a trustee of the Committee on the Present Danger and as a member of a secret Presidential Committee with authority to investigate the CIA’s opposition to President Reagan’s effort to end the Cold War and normalize relations with the Soviet Union, I can say with confidence that even hard line anti-communists sought to reduce tensions instead of provoking war.

What I have witnessed in the 21st century is the most egregious cultivation of war by the US government in human history, and no one in the print or TV media tells us the consequences.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from The Unz Review

---

“Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
–John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
–Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

President Putin’s press conference on Wednesday in Uzbekistan might have been the most unusual and extraordinary event in his 24-year political career.

After addressing the Constitutional issues surrounding Ukrainian President Zelensky’s decision to remain in office beyond his four-year term, Putin delivered a brief but disturbing statement on NATO’s plan to fire long-range weapons at targets inside Russia.

Putin made it clear that Russia would respond to these attacks and that the countries that provided the weapons systems would be held responsible.

He also gave a very detailed description of how the systems work and how they require contractors from the country-of-origin be directly involved in their operation. What is so remarkable about Putin’s comments is not the fact that they bring the world closer to a direct confrontation between nuclear-armed adversaries, but that he had to remind political leaders in the West that Russia is not going to sit back and be their punching bag. Here’s part of what Putin said:

With regard to the strikes, frankly, I am not sure what the NATO Secretary General is talking about. When he was the Prime Minister of Norway, (we had good relations) and I am positive he was not suffering from dementia back then. If he is talking about potentially attacking Russia’s territory with long-range precision weapons, he, as a person who heads a military-political organisation, even though he is a civilian like me, should be aware of the fact that long-range precision weapons cannot be used without space-based reconnaissance. This is my first point.

My second point is that the final target selection and what is known as launch mission can only be made by highly skilled specialists who rely on this reconnaissance data, technical reconnaissance data. For some attack systems, such as Storm Shadow, these launch missions can be put in automatically, without the need to use Ukrainian military. Who does it? Those who manufacture and those who allegedly supply these attack systems to Ukraine do. This can and does happen without the participation of the Ukrainian military. Launching other systems, such as ATACMS, for example, also relies on space reconnaissance data, targets are identified and automatically communicated to the relevant crews that may not even realise what exactly they are putting in. A crew, maybe even a Ukrainian crew, then puts in the corresponding launch mission. However, the mission is put together by representatives of NATO countries, not the Ukrainian military. Putin Presser in Uzbekistan, Kremlin

Watch the video here

Let’s summarize:

1. The long-range precision weapons (missiles) are provided by NATO countries
2. The long-range precision weapons are manned by experts or contractors from the country of origin
3. The long-range precision weapons must be linked to space reconnaissance data provide by the US or NATO
4. The targets in Russia are also provided by space reconnaissance data provide by the US or NATO

The point that Putin is trying to make is that the long-range missiles are made by NATO, furnished by NATO, operated and launched by NATO contractors, whose targets are selected by NATO experts using space reconnaissance data provided by NATO.

In every respect, the prospective firing of long-range precision weapons at targets in Russia, is a NATO-US operation. Thus, there should be no confusion about who is responsible. NATO is responsible which means that NATO is effectively declaring war on Russia. Putin’s lengthy comments merely underscore this critical point. Here’s more from Putin:

So, these officials from NATO countries, especially the ones based in Europe, particularly in small European countries, should be fully aware of what is at stake. They should keep in mind that theirs are small and densely populated countries, which is a factor to reckon with before they start talking about striking deep into the Russian territory. It is a serious matter and, without a doubt, we are watching this very carefully. Putin Presser in Uzbekistan, Kremlin

Naturally, the western media has focused all its attention on the paragraph above, and for good reason; Putin is stating the obvious: ‘If you attack Russia, we will retaliate.’ That is the underlying message. Here are a few of Friday’s (hysterical) headlines:

• Vladimir Putin Threatens ‘All-Out War’ if Ukraine Uses Western Weapons to Hit Russia — as Volodymyr Zelensky Asks Allies for Their Permission, MSN.com
• Why is Putin again threatening a nuclear war?, The Interpreter
• Putin warns the West: Russia is ready for nuclear war, Reuters
• TYRANT’S THREAT: Vladimir Putin threatens all-out war if Ukraine uses Western weapons to hit Russia, The Sun
• (and the best of all)
  Time to Call Putin’s Bluff, CNN

Is that what this is all about; testing Putin to see if he’s bluffing?

If it is, it is a uniquely risky strategy. But there is a grain of truth to what they say. After all, Putin is warning that any attack on Russia will trigger an immediate and ferocious retaliatory strike. And he is advising the leaders of ‘small, densely populated NATO countries’ to consider how a nuclear attack by Russia might impact their prospects for the future. Would they really put their entire civilization at risk to find out whether Putin is bluffing or not? Here’s Putin again:

Look at what your Western colleagues are reporting. No one is talking about shelling Belgorod (in Russia) or other adjacent territories. The only thing they are talking about is Russia opening a new front and attacking Kharkov. Not a word. Why is that? They did it with their own hands. Well, let them reap the fruits of their ingenuity. The same thing can happen in case the long-range precision weapons which you asked about is used.

More broadly, this unending escalation can lead to serious consequences. If Europe were to face those serious consequences, what will the United States do, considering our strategic arms parity? It is hard to tell. Putin Presser in Uzbekistan, Kremlin

Putin seems genuinely mystified by the West’s behavior. Do US and NATO leaders really think they can attack Russia with long-range missiles and Russia won’t respond? Do they really think their ridiculous propaganda can impact the outcome of a clash between two nuclear-armed superpowers? What are they thinking or ARE they thinking? We don’t know. We seem to have entered ‘uncharted stupidity’ where desperation and ignorance converge to create a foreign policy that is utter madness. This is from an article at Tass News Service:

NATO countries that have approved strikes with their weapons on Russian territory should be aware that their equipment and specialists will be destroyed not only in Ukraine, but also at any point from where Russian territory is attacked, the Russian Security Council’s Deputy Chairman Dmitry Medvedev said on his Telegram channel, noting that the participation of NATO specialists could be seen as a casus belli.

“All their military equipment and specialists fighting against us will be destroyed both on the territory of former Ukraine and on the territory of other countries, should strikes be carried out from there against Russian territory,” Medvedev warned.

He added that Moscow proceeded from the fact that all long-range weapons supplied to Ukraine were already “directly operated by servicemen from NATO countries”, which is tantamount to participation in the war against Russia and a reason to start combat operations. NATO weapons to be hit in any country from where Russia may be attacked — Medvedev, Tass

Source

There it is in black and white.

Where Putin chose to take the diplomatic approach, Medvedev opted for the hammer-blow.

‘If you attack Russia, we will bomb you back to the Stone Age.’

Not much wiggle-room there. But perhaps clarity is what’s needed for people who do not understand the potential consequences of their actions. In any event, no one in Washington or Brussels can say they weren’t warned.

We cannot exclude the possibility that Washington actually wants to expand the war despite the fact that cities across Eastern Europe could be incinerated in the process. It could be that beltway warhawks see a broader conflict as the only way to achieve their geopolitical ambitions.

Putin knows that this is a real possibility, just as he knows that there is a sizable constituency in Washington that support the use of nuclear weapons. This might explain why he is proceeding so cautiously, because he knows there are crazies within the US establishment who look forward to a clash with their old rival Russia so they can implement their pet-theories about “usable” nukes for tactical advantage. Here’s Putin:

The United States has a theory of a ‘preventive strike’…Now they are developing a system for a ‘disarming strike’. What does that mean? It means striking at control centres with modern high-tech weapons to destroy the opponent’s ability to counterattack.

Putin has devoted a considerable amount of time studying US Nuclear Doctrine, and it has him deeply concerned. After all, didn’t the Biden administration launch an unprecedented attack on “a key element of Russia’s nuclear umbrella” just last week?

Indeed, they did.

And hasn’t the US (via its Nuclear Posture Review) rebranded the offensive use of nuclear weapons as a justifiable act of defense?

It has.

And doesn’t this revision provide US warhawks with the institutional framework needed to launch a nuclear attack without fear of legal prosecution?

It does.

And haven’t these same warhawks developed their respective theories on “first-strike”, “preemption” and “disarming strike” in order to lay the groundwork for a first-strike nuclear attack on a geopolitical rival of Washington?

They have.

And doesn’t US Nuclear Doctrine state that nuclear weapons can be used “in extreme circumstances to defend the vital interests of the United States or its allies and partners.”

It does.

And does that definition include economic rivals like China?

Yes.

And is that a defense of a “first strike” nuclear weapon attack?

It is.

And does that mean that the United States no longer regards its nuclear arsenal as purely defensive but as an essential instrument for preserving the “rules-based order”?

Yes, it does.

And does Putin know that there are powerful actors in the political establishment and deep state who would like to see the taboo on nuclear weapons lifted so they can be used in more situations and with greater frequency?

He does.

And does he know that Washington regards Russia and China as the primary threats to US global hegemony and the “rules-based order”?

Yes.

And does he realize that if the US implements its first-strike policy Russia may not have the time to retaliate?

He does.

And does Putin realize that foreign policy analysts regard him as a restrained and reasonable man who may not pull the trigger or respond promptly when Russia faces a preemptive attack that will inflict the strategic defeat on Moscow the West seeks?

No, he doesn’t. He still thinks that possessing a large cache of nuclear weapons will deter US aggression. But a large cache of nuclear weapons is no deterrent when your opponent is convinced you won’t use them.

Sometimes being reasonable is not the best way to fend off an adversary. Sometimes you have to be a little crazy.

That’s a lesson Putin needs to learn. Fast.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

A 5/31/2024 article in CounterPunch returns to the question of the death toll of the genocide in Gaza, and the gross undercount of deaths by almost every agency imaginable, even the ones in Gaza itself. I suggest further elaboration.

200,000 was the number dead that Ralph Nader estimated at the beginning of March.

It has to be double that now.

How many thousands of pregnant women and their fetuses and newborn have died?

How many diabetics or others needing medication or special diets or treatment?

But even those without special conditions are dying because they can’t give up food and water.

We have reached the stage where the number of starving or dehydrated persons is so high that they have no defense against common diseases or mild injuries.

Why are they not reported?

Because there is no one to record them, of course.

The hospitals and clinics are largely a memory. Potable water is a luxury. I’m banned from X and FB, but I imagine you’ve seen the living and dying skeletons that I predicted months ago. I see them mainly on Telegram. The international agencies report that nearly all the population is food insecure, and a majority are malnourished. It’s a matter of time.

Israel would like to move faster. I’m not sure why they don’t. Perhaps they’re afraid that world reaction will graduate to more forceful measures, but I see no indication that this is the case. With the exception of Yemen and some non-state actors, no one seems willing to resort to physical force.

Members of the US Congress and figures in the Biden administration have even encouraged Israel to “finish the job”. Certainly, they have no moral qualms.

Are they worried that they will run out of Jews? Part of the purpose of killing off the Palestinians was to assure that Jews will be significantly more numerous in “greater Israel” (AKA Palestine). That clearly is not working. It is far more likely that more Jews have fled Israel than Palestinians have been reduced by genocide. In fact, even the effective Jewish inhabited area has been reduced in both the north and the south. 

Worse still, Israel grossly underestimated the capability of the Palestinian resistance and its partners, and overestimated its own. 

Hamas and its allies clearly understood and planned for Israel’s reaction, while Israel had little appreciation for their adversary. So much for the strategy of disproportionate force. Israel is unaccustomed to taking so many casualties, which are in any case unknown. No one believes the official count and resorting to foreign mercenaries.

Israel is also dissolving from within. Who’s buying Israeli anymore, except the dwindling community of true believers? What economy is left consists largely of shoveling American money into Israeli furnaces. Meanwhile, Israelis are fighting among themselves for desperate solutions to their intractable problems. The powerful international network of faithful sayanim will remain in place (who likes to give up power?) and will continue to manage the controls. But other Jews will object to being associated with such persons, weakening the support for, and the effectiveness of, the Zionist dream/nightmare. 

Israel is clearly losing, but the rate of its demise will depend on factors that are difficult to predict, and even harder to control. Nevertheless, if Israel survives this miscalculation in the short term, it will only do so as a smaller, more fanatical remnant of its former self.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Paul’s Substack.

Paul Larudee is a retired academic and current administrator of a nonprofit human rights and humanitarian aid organization. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Yazan al-Kafarna is one of the latest to die of hunger and malnutrition in Gaza since the start of the war on 7 October (Screengrab/X)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

A new administration takes charge in Taiwan.

How has the U.S. turned the island into a piece in its wargaming in the Asia Pacific?

Join CGTN’s Liu Xin to chronicle U.S. meddling in “Whispers of Power: U.S. Wargaming in Taiwan,” the second episode in the series unveiling the true story of China’s Taiwan region.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

A lot of mainstream-adjacent progressives act like Gaza is some radical deviation from normal US behavior, which is infantile nonsense.

The US inflicts similar horrors on the world all the time; the only major difference is

(A) this one’s being live-streamed and

(B) there was a pro-Palestine movement in place before it began.

With regard to (B), Gaza is really illustrating how much the US empire benefits from moving through its foreign military violence relatively quickly.

When it can move from propagandizing the population about Evil Dictatorship X to destroying the country in question to moving on to its next war in the span of a few short years, there’s not enough time for public awareness to grow of exactly how evil the empire is being. It was years before a mainstream consensus developed that the invasion of Iraq was wrong, and it will probably be decades before there’s mainstream consensus about the evil shit the empire did in Syria from 2011 onwards.

With Gaza, people saw this one coming and were calling it what it is from the moment it began, because there was already a widespread political understanding — at least on the left — that Israel is a murderous settler-colonialist project and that the Palestinians are a colonized people. This widespread understanding occurred because the Israel-Palestine debate has been raging for generations, so the collective has had enough time to really examine the facts and circulate its arguments through public consciousness. Those facts and arguments were there ready to be picked up and understood and used — even by young people who are new to the situation — after October 7.

So what’s really hurting the empire’s information interests today is the fact that there was widespread social consciousness about Palestine already in place before the Gaza assault began, combined with the consciousness-expanding effects of social media and the ease with which ordinary people can now circulate raw video footage. Which really goes to illustrate the fact that consciousness and dysfunction cannot coexist, whether you’re talking about humans as individuals or as a collective. If we can really see something and deeply understand it, it’s much harder for depravity to function.

The light of awareness makes it very difficult for an empire which is fueled by human blood to operate, which is why so much effort has been going into shutting off the lights. Shutting off the lights here looks like circulating lies and propaganda, killing Palestinian journalists in record numbers, blocking western journalists from entering Gaza, banning TikTok, stomping out student protests, and smearing everyone who tries to spread awareness of Gaza as an anti-semite.

In that sense we actually kind of are seeing a struggle between the forces of light and the forces of darkness here — not in the sense the Zionist ideologues mean it, but in the sense that there are people who are trying to spread the light of awareness coming into direct conflict with people who are trying to shut that light down.

And that’s how humanity will eventually move into health: by the light of awareness spreading throughout our collective consciousness to all the various ways our species is still dysfunctional. This spreading of awareness happens in ways that are as diverse as investigative journalism, teaching, research, tweeting, making videos, writing blogs, informing others in interpersonal conversations, and expanding your own personal consciousness with inner disciplines like meditation and self-inquiry.

We can each participate in this unfolding of human consciousness in our own way throughout our lives, and every contribution we make toward that end makes a difference. Anything you do to make the unseen seen and cast the light of awareness on areas of dysfunction helps move humanity into a higher level of functionality, whether you’re spreading awareness of dysfunction out there in the world, or in yourself by bringing more consciousness to your own inner processes.

We can each do many things every single day to help move humanity into the light, so that we may one day become a fully conscious species. We can each cultivate a practice of constantly looking for opportunities to expand consciousness in this way from moment to moment.

In 2024, Gaza is very, very fertile ground for such expansion.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from the author

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Update as of 2 June 2024

Today, 2 June 2024, the 77th World Health Assembly (WHA) ended without a vote on the Pandemic Treaty. WHO management, as well as their key country allies, realized that there were not enough votes for the two-thirds needed to ratify the treaty. In fact, that was already known before the begin of the WHA on 27 May 2024, but could only be confirmed today. 

So, this was a partial gain for the People of the world. But only partial because the modified International Health Regulations (IHR), needing only an absolute majority, were just barely approved before close of the 77th WHA.

In the course of the last half a year, especially the past couple of months, they were significantly watered down. Still, they include enough hooks on which a newly formulated Pandemic Treaty could be attached.

That is why this partial People’s gain can only be partially celebrated. It means, the World Health Organization (WHO) will now be working on Plan B, namely redrafting a Pandemic Treaty, to be most likely debated during the UN General Assembly in September 2024, possibly in behind-closed-door sessions, as is usual for the non-transparent machinations of the over 80% privately-funded WHO. 

Most of WHO’s private funding comes from Big Pharma, their “philanthropic” foundations, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Big Tech and other interest groups.

WHO Director General (DG) and his advisory team have already announced that a special WHA with focus on the Pandemic Treaty will take place by the end of 2024.

Therefore, People, please do not rest and believe the danger is over. IT IS NOT by any means.

***

Last night (24 May 2024), in a high-level pre-World Health Assembly (WHA) meeting (17 May-1 June 2024), in Geneva, WHO management and key member country delegates decided to drop the Pandemic Treaty – for now. It would not stand a chance to pass a WHA vote in the coming week. Instead, they decided to discuss at the WHA what to do next.

See this by Le Monde and AFP.

Be aware, however, that this press report does not give you the true reasons for the end of the talks on the Pandemic Treaty / revised IHR agreements.

It seeks to soft-talk- or not mention at all the big issue of a potential health tyranny that these accords might mean for the world. Instead, they are saying that talks must go on, because the world needs a “safety net” for future pandemics.

Right. As if the world was not able until today to deal with diseases and other catastrophes independently by sovereign nations. And by dealing with such calamities on an autonomous sovereign basis, saving their economies from collapsing.

It is clear, during the past months many governments around the world especially in the Global South, but not exclusively, felt more than uneasy to accept what many called a WHO Health Dictatorship – in the form of a “One World Health” (OWH) like in “one fits all” similar to the One World Government, or One World Order (OWG / OWO) that the Globalists want to impose on the globe’s 8.1 billion people.

And by the way, never forget that the Globalists’ number One Priority will remain a massive, but massive reduction of the current 8.1 billion world population. This was a key reason for the fraudulent vax agenda – and would be driven even further under the new Pandemic Treaty and revised IHR.

Those who push and have been pushing for an OWG / OWO in the past and with increasing intensity since the onset of the UN Agenda 2030 and the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) Great Reset, also want a One World Health.

This means that the Director General of WHO, Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, would have powers to decide on pandemic and preventive or curative measures to be taken above and beyond individual countries sovereignty.

More and more nations are realizing what that means for their health system and not last, for their economy, especially looking back at the unnecessary covid lockdowns and other economy and society destroying imposed measures – that caused bankruptcies left and right, but had no impact whatsoever on reducing covid – if ever there was a covid “pandemic”- or rather called “plandemic” – a highly disputed question.

What covid and its tyrannical “measures” did is shifting capital form the bottom and the center – small and medium-size businesses – to the top, to the multi-billionaires, primary financial institutions (Blackrock / Vanguard, Wall Street et al) and tech-companies, to the so-called Magnificent Seven (Alphabet, Amazon, Apple, Meta, Microsoft, Nvidia, Tesla).

This trend has been going on especially with the rich and powerful having access to Artificial Intelligence (AI) for accelerating the capital shift. But business people and politicians also have noticed and become warry of the wanton destruction of their economies which made them more alert to anything coming from the WHO and the WEF.

What may have been the trigger for the big awakening is that the very WHO, whose Pandemic Treaty and sternly revised International Health Regulations (IHR), did not adhere to its own Constitutional rules, namely to send the final draft of these crucial papers 4 months ahead of the WHA to the 194 member countries, namely at the latest by 27 January 2024.

This did not happen and has not happened until today.

In the meantime, 49 US Republican Senators have written to President Biden, requesting not to sign the treaty / IHR; and 22 Attorney Generals from their respective US States have firmly stated, their States would not adhere to any of the rules imposed by these treaties.

That alone is a strong message, coming from the US and may have influenced other countries wavering between yes and no, to reject the WHO proposal.

See this and this. 

*

What will happen next is mostly speculation. As pointed out before, the WHA will likely dedicate a good portion of next week to debate “what’s next”, so as not to lose the momentum. It is clear, they will not let go. It is engrained in the character of the Dark Cult that pretends reigning over the world.

The next step may be that they take the treaties / agreements to the UN General Assembly in September in New York, to elicit a broader discussion.

What will come remains to be seen.

What is important though – DO NOT SIT BACK, THINKING THAT IT IS ALL OVER. It is not over.

These people will not stop. We, the People, MUST get out from these organizations and start afresh, whatever form that may take. But no longer trusting our governments and their shiny institutions – WEF, WHO, UN, Finance, Pharma and especially the “Magnificent Seven”. Stay away from the latter altogether – we do not need an all-digitized, humanity-enslaving world – ever.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and  co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.  

Featured image is from The Freedom Articles

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

It clears up a lot of confusion when you understand that the US empire is not a national government which happens to run nonstop military operations, it’s a nonstop military operation that happens to run a national government.

The wars are not designed to serve the interests of the United States, the United States is designed to serve the interests of the wars. The US as a country is just a source of funding, personnel, resources and diplomatic cover for a nonstop campaign to dominate the planet with mass military violence and the threat thereof. 

This campaign is not waged to benefit the American people or their security, but to benefit the loose international alliance of plutocrats and unelected empire managers whose wealth and power are premised on the world order of continuous violence, exploitation and extraction which the campaign of global domination upholds. This campaign of global domination and its manifestations as a whole may be referred to as the US empire, which has very little in common with the US as an individual nation.

Until you understand this, nothing the US government or the US war machine does will make sense. You won’t understand why military operations are being waged which don’t seem to benefit the American people in any way, and which if anything actually harm the national security interests of the United States. You won’t understand why US foreign policy remains the same no matter who’s in office, regardless of party or platform. You won’t understand why the US and its allies do crazy things that otherwise make no sense for governments to do, like backing an increasingly unpopular genocide in Gaza, starting a cold war with China, or tempting nuclear armageddon with Russia.

And the answer is that these aggressions are not happening because they benefit the US as a nation, or even because they serve the political agendas of any elected officials. The nonstop violence is a means to a completely different end, and is almost an end in and of itself — benefiting war profiteers, shoring up geostrategic control, and expanding the sphere of the US empire’s particular brand of global capitalism.

There’s the nonstop worldwide military operation, and then there’s the theatrical set pieces of an official government slapped together in the foreground which we’re all meant to pretend has something to do with all the wars and militarism we are seeing. In reality the war machine just does what it’s going to do while the official elected suits in Washington put on these performances where they argue about abortion and Donald Trump to make it look like the US has a real government that’s making real decisions.

It was decided long ago that war is too important to be left to the will of the electorate, so now there’s this fake dummy political system that the American people are given to play with so they won’t meddle with the gears of the imperial machine. The local inhabitants of the hub of the globe-spanning empire are kept too propagandized, entertained, distracted, busy, poor, and sick to have a truth-based relationship with what’s being done in their name around the world, and if they do make some space in their life to become politically engaged they are herded into a kayfabe two-party system where both factions support war, militarism, imperialism, plutocracy and ecocidal capitalism but put immense amounts of energy into empty culture warring over issues that nobody with any real power cares about.

Trying to talk about this to people who are still plugged into the mainstream imperial worldview is like if Amazon had a children’s cartoon show called Andy Amazon & Friends, and the public believed the cartoon show was Amazon — they didn’t know anything about the sprawling trillionaire megacorporation that’s devouring the global economy. You’d try to talk about the gargantuan e-commerce company and they’d think you were talking about the cartoon, and object that what you’re saying doesn’t line up with what they know about the show and its characters. 

Once you see the corporation behind the cartoon, once you see the empire behind the performative puppet show of official politics, you see it everywhere. You see it in the movements of the imperial war machine. You see it in the news headlines. You see it in the phony justifications and narratives that are being spouted by the western political-media class. You see it in our education system. You see it throughout our vapid mainstream western culture of interminable diversion and capitalist indoctrination.

And you stop caring about the puppet show. You stop caring about presidential elections, about Stormy Daniels and Donald Trump, about the culture war wedge issue of the day and the latest hot topic that everyone’s saying you need to take a position on. It becomes as interesting to you as some Youtube video your kid has on in the background when you’re busy dealing with a home emergency.

And the behavior of the empire absolutely is an emergency. The escalations against Russia and China that these freaks are pushing have the world on a trajectory that’s going to get us all killed, and the horrors they are inflicting in Gaza and elsewhere are creating a nightmare on earth right here and now. The empire is only getting crazier and more violent as its planetary domination becomes more challenged, and until people can see it for what it really is, it’s going to be very hard to build up the necessary public opposition against it to use the power of our numbers to force them to stop.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from the author

A vida nas novas regiões da Federação Russa está se tornando cada vez melhor. Com a consolidação da vitória militar russa, avança a normalização da sociedade, com cada vez mais comércio, desenvolvimento e paz social. Embora o conflito continue, os habitantes destes territórios vivem atualmente muito melhor do que no período pré-reintegração, quando eram absolutamente vulneráveis ​​às políticas racistas de Kiev.

Contudo, a opressão ucraniana ainda não acabou. Muitos residentes dos territórios libertados ainda enfrentam sérios problemas de segurança – não só por causa dos drones e mísseis fornecidos pela OTAN, mas também porque as suas famílias continuam sujeitas ao regime ucraniano. Mais do que isso, nos territórios recentemente libertados, há ações por parte dos serviços de inteligência ucranianos para coagir os cidadãos das regiões russas a cooperar com a ditadura neonazista, mesmo contra a sua própria vontade.

Recentemente, estive na República Popular de Donetsk e no Oblast de Zaporozhye durante uma turnê de imprensa organizada pelo grupo de mídia russo “Vashi Novosti”. Eu e muitos outros jornalistas de todo o mundo tivemos a oportunidade de ver a realidade no terreno, na principal central nuclear da Europa, bem como testemunhar a reconstrução da cidade de Mariupol – uma das cidades mais afetadas pelo conflito.

No entanto, a normalização da vida que temos visto nas Novas Regiões coexiste com um sério desafio: a pressão imposta pelo regime de Kiev para que alguns habitantes dos Novos Territórios cooperem com as autoridades neonazistas. No nosso trabalho no terreno, falamos com militares locais que nos disseram, anonimamente, que pelo menos 20% dos habitantes de cidades como Mariupol e Metilopol realizam algum tipo de espionagem a favor do regime de Kiev.

Ao contrário de regiões como as cidades de Donetsk e Lugansk, estas áreas foram libertadas pelos russos apenas após o início da operação militar especial. Durante os oito anos da Guerra do Donbass – quando Moscou ainda tentava resolver o conflito diplomaticamente – as regiões controladas pela Ucrânia foram sujeitas a todas as formas de opressão, ocupação e violência por parte dos neonazistas. Em Mariupol, por exemplo, a milícia “Azov” abriu o seu quartel-general na estação Azovstal, tendo assediado o povo russo local durante oito anos, até à sua neutralização pelas forças de Moscou.

O fato de estas novas cidades russas terem passado tanto tempo sob controle ucraniano contribuiu para gerar forte medo, pânico e trauma entre os residentes. Eles simplesmente têm medo de serem “punidos” e perseguidos caso sejam novamente capturados ou dominados pelo inimigo, e é por isso que muitas vezes cometem erros ao tentar evitar que o pior aconteça às suas famílias.

Durante o início da operação militar especial, devido à alta intensidade das hostilidades, ocorreram muitos deslocamentos internos na Ucrânia. Muitas famílias migraram para regiões mais seguras do país, principalmente nas cidades ocidentais. Isto também teve um efeito catastrófico para os moradores das Novas Regiões, pois tornou muitos deles reféns do medo de que algo acontecesse com seus entes queridos.

Por outras palavras, os residentes das Novas Regiões sabem que os seus familiares não estão seguros em territórios controlados pela Ucrânia. Além disso, tendo passado oito anos sob o regime de Kiev, muitos deles têm os seus dados e localização conhecidos pelas autoridades ucranianas, o que os torna possíveis vítimas de ataques. Assim, por medo, alguns cidadãos russos se desesperam e acabam cooperando com o inimigo.

É importante compreender que isto não significa que os colaboradores apoiem realmente Kiev. O apoio à Rússia e à operação militar especial parece quase unânime nas Novas Regiões. No entanto, alguns cidadãos estão a ser forçados a agir contra os seus próprios princípios e posições devido ao receio de que algo possa ser feito contra eles e os seus familiares. O trauma deixado pelo regime de Kiev durante oito anos de genocídio foi extremamente profundo e não será revertido tão facilmente.

A única forma de evitar este tipo de atitude é avançar militarmente e tomar controle de ainda mais territórios. O regime de Kiev já se revelou incapaz e sem vontade de resolver o conflito de qualquer forma diplomática, pelo que só a vitória militar pode ser eficiente para acabar de uma vez por todas com a ameaça às vidas dos cidadãos russos. Com o fim do regime e da Junta Neonazista, nenhum cidadão das Novas Regiões precisará mais temer – e consequentemente não será mais obrigado a cometer atos de traição contra Moscou.

Lucas Leiroz  de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : Fearing for their families, some residents of Russia’s New Regions spy for Ukraine, InfoBrics, 30 de Maio de 2024.

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, jornalista, pesquisador do Center for Geostrategic Studies, consultor geopolítico.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://twitter.com/leiroz_lucas

Quando chegou a notícia da queda do helicóptero de Ebrahim Raisi, o primeiro que veio à mente de todo mundo que tem um mínimo de pensamento crítico foi: “seria obra de Israel?”Essa é uma especulação absolutamente legítima. Contudo, os jornalistas e comentaristas que trabalham direta ou indiretamente para o aparato de propaganda imperialista a descartam categoricamente. O que não passa de pura hipocrisia. São eles mesmos que adoram fazer as mais idiotas especulações sobre tudo – quando convém aos seus patrões, é claro.

Quando houve a queda do helicóptero de Evgeny Prigozhin, por exemplo, a primeira especulação feita por esses propagandistas foi que o governo russo teria sido o responsável. Afinal, o ex-líder do Grupo Wagner havia se insurgido contra Vladimir Putin. Esse era o grande fato que sustentava a lógica dessa argumentação. Era um opositor de Putin, portanto o mais provável é que Putin teria ordenado sua eliminação. Mesmo que ele houvesse se reconciliado e recebido o perdão do presidente russo, mesmo que o helicóptero tenha caído perto da fronteira com a Ucrânia e que os russos tenham garantido que foi uma sabotagem ucraniana.

É possível que nunca se saiba a verdade. Porém, os propagandistas dos EUA tentaram transformar a especulação em comprovação com uma montagem ridícula: o The Wall Street Journal publicou, pouco depois do incidente, que membros do governo russo armaram o assassinato de Prigozhin. As fontes? Agentes de inteligência ocidentais. Ou seja, a CIA, o MI6 e suas filiais. Todo mundo sabe que eles têm um histórico infindável de informações falsas plantadas na imprensa contra os seus inimigos. Será que o WSJ publicaria uma reportagem acusando o governo israelense de derrubar o avião de um presidente iraniano cuja fonte é o FSB (sucessor da KGB)?

Muito pelo contrário. Os veículos de propaganda imperialistas, em sua maioria, sequer levantam a hipótese de envolvimento israelense para ridicularizá-la. Sabem que qualquer menção a Israel, ainda que fazendo chacota da ideia, plantaria uma dúvida naqueles que não pensaram nessa possibilidade.

Jeremy Bowen, da BBC, sugeriu que há a possibilidade de sabotagem relacionada com opositores internos, tanto de dentro como de fora do governo, “mas não temos provas para nada disso”. Mas essas probabilidades, segundo o que se desprende de seu comentário, são legítimas. O que não é razoável é o “instinto de culpar Israel”.

“Autoridades israelenses têm dito a jornalistas que não estão envolvidas nisso. É difícil enxergar como Israel se beneficia de algo que seria interpretado, na prática, como um ato provocativo de guerra”, apontou o editor de política internacional do canal britânico.

Vamos por partes. Primeiro, o fato de Israel negar envolvimento não significa nada. É apenas uma arma retórica de propaganda para os repórteres fingirem imparcialidade ouvindo “os dois lados”. “Fulano disse isso, enquanto sicrano disse aquilo”. Pronto, está feito o trabalho do jornalista. Não se precisa investigar nada!

Em segundo lugar, o comentarista admite ter dificuldades cognitivas em “enxergar como Israel se beneficia” da eliminação do chefe de Estado do seu maior inimigo. Na verdade, não é nada disso. Ele tem plena noção de como isso beneficia Israel, como beneficiaria qualquer país cujo líder inimigo é abatido. Só é um hipócrita que tenta livrar Israel das legítimas acusações.

Por fim, ele considera que Israel matar o presidente do Irã “seria interpretado, na prática, como um ato provocativo de guerra”. Será que ele também acha que Xi Jinping mandar matar Joe Biden não necessariamente seria uma provocaçãoaos EUA? É óbvio que se Israel derrubou o helicóptero de Raisi isso foi um ato de guerra! E que, portanto, o Irã teria absoluto direito de responder com uma guerra à guerra iniciada por Israel.

Israel realmente é o grande protegido do aparato de propaganda liderado pelos EUA chamado eufemisticamente de “imprensa internacional”. Em 23 de outubro do ano passado, o colunista da Folha de S.Paulo Joel Pinheiro da Fonseca descobriu a verdade absoluta sobre quem bombardeou o Hospital al-Ahli de Gaza, ocorrido poucos dias antes. Em um artigo vergonhosamente enganoso, citou as notícias que apontavam Israel como o responsável para refutá-las com a conclusão de que, contudo, “o consenso emergente é que o míssil não veio de Israel. Foi um foguete do grupo Jihad Islâmica que se partiu e caiu no estacionamento do hospital. Muito provavelmente foram menos de 500 mortes.”

De onde tirou isso? Ele não disse. Citou apenas a própria Folha e o New York Times, que resolveram adotar “cautela”. Ele não apresentou nenhuma fonte para sua afirmação, nem mesmo indicou se os dois jornais haviam se embasado em algum fato. Também, se houvesse apresentado a fonte dessa afirmação, ele teria revelado sua parcialidade total: foram Israel e EUA que acusaram a Jihad Islâmica de atacar o hospital. A dupla, responsável pelo genocídio em Gaza, é uma “fonte” menos confiável que a CIA quando foi usada pelo Wall Street Journal para acusar a Rússia de matar Prigozhin. E o artigo do colunista da Folha foi escrito com toda a pompa de quem está acima das “narrativas”, com a missão sagrada de desmentir que Israel era o culpado!

O colunista ocultou a fonte de sua “descoberta” porque sabia que, se a revelasse, seu artigo seria alvo de chacota e ninguém o teria levado a sério. Ele também ignorou – intencionalmente? – investigações da BBC, do Channel 4, da Al Jazeera e da Bellingcat, publicadas antes de seu artigo, que apontaram sérias inconsistências na versão israelense-americana e que afirmaram que ainda não era possível chegar a um resultado conclusivo sobre de onde veio o ataque.

Quatro meses depois, a agência de pesquisas Forensic Architecture publicou um estudo que também revela sérias inconsistências na versão israelense-americana comprada por Joel Pinheiro da Fonseca e afirma que “o que aconteceu no al-Ahli permanece inconclusivo”, acusando ainda o regime de Tel Aviv de ter “lançado uma agressiva campanha de desinformação” após o ocorrido.

O estudo conduzido pela Forensic Architecture – ligada à Universidade de Londres e liderada por Eyal Weizman, um pesquisador nascido em Israel – recorda ainda que a lógica culpa Israel: nos dez dias anteriores, a Organização Mundial da Saúde havia contabilizado 51 ataques israelenses à infraestrutura médica de Gaza; quatro dias antes Israel havia ordenado a evacuação de todos os hospitais do norte de Gaza, incluindo o al-Ahli; e três dias antes Israel havia atacado a ala de tratamento de câncer do mesmo hospital, possivelmente como um aviso de que um ataque maior ocorreria, como Israel costuma fazer.

Além disso, termina o estudo, os ataques de Israel a hospitais de Gaza seguem um “padrão consistente” com ataques aos arredores, alvejamento direto, cerco e ocupação. Esses apontamentos significam que tudo indica que o agressor direto ao hospital, com quase 500 mortos segundo o Ministério da Saúde de Gaza, tenha sido Israel, e nada indica que tenham sido os próprios palestinos. Logo, a afirmação de Joel Pinheiro da Fonseca de que “foi um foguete do grupo Jihad Islâmica que se partiu e caiu no estacionamento do hospital” não é respaldada por nenhuma investigação séria – e já existiam muitas que a refutavam. É, portanto, uma mentira. Uma fake news.

Mas uma reportagem do Estado de S.Paulo conseguiu superar as falsidades do colunista da Folha. Na verdade, é um despacho da AFP publicado no New York Times que o Estadão reproduziu no dia 16 de maio deste ano. A fake news é tão escandalosa que ela já vem no título: “Nacionalista e militante pró-Rússia dá 5 tiros no premiê da Eslováquia”

Dentro da matéria, não há nenhuma comprovação do que o título afirma. Apenas uma descrição no lide, de que o atirador é “um ultranacionalista e simpatizante do presidente russo, Vladimir Putin” e em outro trecho que diz que “ele é simpatizante do grupo paramilitar Slovenskí Branci, ligado ao Kremlin”.

Não há nenhuma ligação entre as informações da matéria. Na verdade, a única informação que poderia embasar o título é a última, mas ser simpatizante de um grupo eslovaco (supostamente) ligado ao Kremlin não o torna um “simpatizante do presidente russo”, como diz o lide, e tampouco um “militante pró-Rússia”, como afirma o título.

Até aqui, a reportagem publicada no Estadão é uma aberração que utiliza uma pequena informação no final do texto para deturpá-la e exagerá-la. Tecnicamente, seu título pode ser considerado uma mentira porque o texto não corrobora o que foi anunciado. É a ânsia de culpar a Rússia por um crime dos mais repulsivos.

Se fosse só isso, já seria uma delinquência por parte do Estadão. Mas é que todas as afirmações são manipuladas, não apenas o título. Juraj Cintula, o atirador, já expressou, é verdade, sentimentos pró-russos, como “descobriu” o jornalista húngaro Szabolcs Panyi, “escavando seus posts no Facebook”, conforme mencionou a reportagem publicada no Estadão. Mas isso faz muitos anos. Em 2022, quando a Rússia interveio militarmente na Ucrânia, Cintula passou a manifestar apoio a Kiev e às ideias neoliberais disseminadas pelos Estados Unidos, bem como a destilar pesadas críticas ao premiê Robert Fico, que suspendeu o envio de armas à Ucrânia e apoia a reaproximação com a Rússia. Cintula até participou de um protesto antigovernamental no dia 24 de abril em que os manifestantes levavam uma bandeira da União Europeia e gritavam “Longa vida à Ucrânia”, conforme um vídeo veiculado pelos meios de comunicação eslovacos.

De fato, a própria reportagem reconhece que Cintula é um crítico das políticas do governo, particularmente da posição de Fico sobre a imprensa. A imprensa eslovaca, como em qualquer país onde a classe dominante é vassala do imperialismo, tem uma linha editorial pró-OTAN, pró-União Europeia e pró-Ucrânia e tem feito muita pressão sobre o primeiro-ministro e seu governo para que ele deixe a neutralidade de lado e apoie integralmente a política da OTAN sobre a Ucrânia e a Rússia. Fico é rotulado como um líder “pró-Rússia”, ou seja, quase um fantoche de Putin, tanto pelos meios eslovacos como ocidentais.

O governo eslovaco tem acusado precisamente os grandes meios de comunicação de serem os principais responsáveis pelo atentado, uma vez que realizam uma campanha de “discurso de ódio” contra o primeiro-ministro e as boas relações com a Rússia. A reportagem veiculada pelo Estadão poderia facilmente ser inserida nessa campanha, além de ser uma das mais bizarras fake news internacionais dos últimos dias, porque ela inverte totalmente os fatos e a realidade.

Além disso, um atentado contra um chefe de Estado raramente é realizado por um “lobo solitário”, como querem pintar Cintula – ou como fazem com Lee Harvey Oswald, assassino de John F. Kennedy. Levando em conta as posições políticas e a prática governamental de Fico, de neutralidade e, portanto, contrária às ordens imperialistas, e que o atirador é um seguidor da política imperialista e opositor de Fico, e considerando a longa ficha corrida de atentados orquestrados pelos EUA e as potências europeias, é bem possível que estes estão por trás dessa tentativa de assassinato. Ao contrário do que diz o Estadão, Fico foi atacado por um “militante pró-OTAN” e anti-Rússia, e não pró-Rússia.

Mas vamos voltar ao caso Ebrahim Raisi. Seria obrigação de qualquer membro da imprensa questionar as condições em que o helicóptero se “acidentou”. Não veremos esses questionamentos nos grandes jornais, porque sua função não é colocar o dedo na ferida, mas ocultá-la.

Ninguém acha estranho que o percentual de chefes de Estado mortos em acidentes de helicóptero ou avião seja tão alto? O analista de políticas de segurança Michael Maloof levantou uma questão: havia três helicópteros juntos em uma caravana e um deles caiu, sem que houvesse sinal de emergência. E se foi devido à neblina, por que os outros dois não se acidentaram, apenas o helicóptero levando o presidente da república e o ministro das Relações Exteriores?

Pois parece que as aeronaves realmente odeiam chefes de Estado. Que azar do Raisi e do principal ministro do Irã, pobrezinhos!

Mas, para evitar a má sorte, um conselho para o próximo presidente persa: cuidado ao entrar em um helicóptero, principalmente se o seu país estiver em uma guerra fria com Israel, que já explodiu gasodutos no Irã, assassinou cientistas nucleares iranianos e há menos de dois meses bombardeou sua embaixada na Síria. Talvez, por problemas técnicos ou pelo mau tempo, possa ocorrer um acidente fatal.

Eduardo Vasco

First published by Global Research on October 2, 2023

***

We commemorate Miguel d’Escoto Brockmann. 

“Those of us who do understand the nefariousness of the empire, and the ever-increasing danger it represents, must be clear that the effective defense of life on planet Earth, including that of the human species itself, inexorably demands the existence of an independent and democratic world forum for a genuine and effective defense of the rights of Mother Earth and of humanity.

That is why we insist, repeat and say time and again that the United Nations as it exists today is useless, inoperative, dysfunctional and an instrument of the empire. That is why it no longer enjoys any confidence or credibility whatsoever. 

Miguel d’Escoto Brockmann.  Managua, 28 February 2011

This article is dedicated to the memory of my mentor and lifelong friend Padre Miguel D’Escoto Brockmann.

In 2020, the National University of Nicaragua (UNAN) established the Centro de Desarrollo Miguel d’Escoto Brockman (CEDMEB).

Padre Miguel d’Escoto’s Legacy will Live Forever. 

First published October 2, 2023

 

Introduction 

The UN System has over the years become of an instrument of U.S. hegemony. In the words of Miguel d’Escoto Brockmann:

“We must wrest it from those who have usurped it so that we, the truly concerned for the future of the Earth, can inject new life, relevance and effectiveness into our world Organization.”  

Appointed by Washington, UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres has more than usurped our trust. He is the epitome of ambiguity and DoubleSpeak, particularly in relation to the dramatic social and economic crisis affecting the Global South. 

“Poverty is increasing and hunger is growing… the conclusion is clear, the world is failing developing countries.” said UNSG General Antonio Guterres in his opening presentation at the September 2023 G77 Conference Venue in Havana.

Global poverty has become part of a convenient political “narrative”. What has Guterres done to reverse the tide of global poverty? Nothing!

“Guterres got the UN job only because he is gullible and corruptible. He is drumming the drums of the ruling elite’s narrative – be it covid, climate or the energy crisis; or whatever else may hit the crisis-board. Fossil fuel causing climate change is a scientifically proven lie. No trillion dollars can undo it.” (Peter Koenig)

Guterres is not only an instrument of the White House, his 2030 UN Sustainable Development Project is being carried out in coordination with Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum (WEF), which represents the interests of the global financial establishment. Needless to say, Big Money calls the shots. 

 

The UN-WEF Partnership

A strategic partnership was signed in 2019 at a meeting held at UN headquarters between UN Secretary-General António Guterres and WEF Executive Chairman Klaus Schwab “to accelerate the implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.”

Signing of the WEF-UN Partnership 

 

The 2030 UN Sustainable Development Project is the WEF’s “Great Reset” by another name. 

This partnership is in blatant violation of the UN Charter. The UNSG is in conflict of interest. He has provided a Green Light to the implementation of the WEF’s Agenda on behalf of powerful financial interests and corrupt politicians, which essentially consists in impoverishing the entire planet. 

What should have been debated by the G77 in Havana in September 2023 is the nature of this insidious WEF-UN partnership. It’s a neoliberal agenda to the nth degree on behalf of “Big Money”, to the obvious detriment of the Global South. It is part and parcel of the WEF’s “Great Reset”:

“The UN-Forum partnership will focus on aligning financial systems and accelerating finance flows toward the 2030 Agenda and the Sustainable Development Goals.

Collaboration will seek to build a shared understanding of sustainable investing, especially in small island developing States, least developed countries and landlocked developing countries, and identify and take forward solutions to increase SDG investments” (emphasis added)

To consult the text of the UN-WEF partnership click here

“Aligning Financial Systems” 

While Guterres refers rhetorically to the failed  “global systems and structures”, he is visibly involved in “aligning financial systems” to the detriment of heavily indebted developing countries, which are the victims of U.S. dollarization. 

While the IMF-World Bank Structural Adjustment Program (SAP) launched in the early 1980s prevails, the Neoliberal chessboard has become increasingly complex.

“Aligning financial systems” goes far beyond the imposition of “IMF economic medicine”, which historically has triggered mass poverty throughout the Global South.

While the dollar denominated external debt remains the instrument of economic subservience, “Aligning financial systems” is intent upon opening the door to privatization on a large scale affecting entire sectors and regions of both developing countries and the West. 

The large portfolio investment funds including BlackRock, State Street and Vanguard (coupled with Wall Street’s banking cartels) are the driving force. “Their holdings are colossal. BlackRock manages nearly $10 trillion in investments. Vanguard has $8 trillion, and State Street has $4 trillion” (NYT)

“BlackRock Owns the World”

The portfolio companies have strategic investments in all major regions of the World.

BlackRock operates Worldwide with 70 offices in 38 countries. 

“These oligarchs are accompanied by some super-giant financial institutions, like BlackRock, Vanguard, State Street, Fidelity and more which control an estimated 25 trillion dollars-equivalent in assets, giving them a leverage power of well-over a 100 trillion dollars, as compared to the world’s GDP of some 90 trillion dollars. In other words, they can manipulate, control and pressure every government on Mother Earth to do their bidding. (Peter Koenig)

Video: BlackRock, the Company that Owns the World

Below are three major BlackRock initiatives.

In the case of Ukraine, the levels of indebtedness are beyond description. The agreement with BlackRock is tantamount to the privatization of an entire country.  

BlackRock In Brazil’s Amazon Rain Forest

The amounts invested in the Amazon are colossal under the auspices of the three portfolio investment giants: “The 20 institutional investors plowed a combined $54.1 billion into nine mining conglomerates … “Of that amount, $14.8 billion came from just three U.S. firms — BlackRock, Capital Group [a US Financial Services Company] and Vanguard — with BlackRock alone pouring $6.2 billion into the mining companies.” (Mongabay) 

BlackRock In Kenya

“BlackRock Alternatives’ public-private finance vehicle, Climate Finance Partnership (CFP), has acquired a 31.25% stake in Lake Turkana Wind Power (LTWP), the largest wind farm in Africa. The stake was purchased from Vestas, Finnfund, and the Investment Fund for Developing Countries for an undisclosed sum” (Kenya Wallstreet Journal)

 

Ukraine is Being Bought Up by BlackRock and JPMorgan

In recent developments, BlackRock together with JPMorgan “have  come to the rescue of Ukraine”, whose external dollar denominated debt is beyond description. (See Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, August 2023)  

The stated objective is “to attract billions of dollars in private investment to assist rebuilding projects in a war-torn country”. (FT, June 19, 2023) 

The Privatization of Ukraine was launched in November 2022 in liaison  with BlackRock’s  consulting company  McKinsey, a public relations firm which has largely been responsible for co-opting corrupt politicians and officials Worldwide not to mention scientists and intellectuals on behalf of powerful financial interests.

In late December 2022, president Zelensky and BlackRock’s CEO Larry Fink agreed on an investment strategy.

.

The Hegemonic Triad:

UN-WEF-NATO

UN-NATO “Cooperation”

In parallel with the UN-WEF Partnership, the United Nations under Secretary General Guterres has developed a strategic relationship with NATO.

While it is described as a dialogue, NATO is increasingly embedded in the UN system, allegedly endorsing “peace support and crisis management”. The realities are otherwise: the UN is endorsing the US-NATO hegemonic agenda of Global Warfare:

“The complexity of today’s security challenges has required a broader dialogue between NATO and the UN. This has led to reinforced cooperation and liaison arrangements between the staff of the two organisations, as well as UN specialised agencies. (NATO, July 2023

 

 

The UN Secretary General’s “Public Relations Ploy”

Providing a “Human Face” to Global Capitalism 

 

UNSG Antonio Guterres has launched a stereotyped public relation’s ploy which is intent upon presenting the UN-WEF-NATO Agenda as a means to resolving the climate crisis, eliminating poverty as well as instating “World Peace”. it’s a lie. 

In 2021, in preparation of the 76th UN General Assembly, the UNSG appointed  “advocates” to endorse the Sustainable Development Goals

This is how public opinion and media coverage is manipulated at the UN General Assembly.

Censorship in applied. Independent analysts are not invited. 

I have high regard and admiration for the k-pop singers, but for UNSG Antonio Guterres to have invited them to present a carefully prepared script (on his behalf) to the UN 76th General Assembly was improper and unbefitting. 

 

 

Also in 2021, Valentina Munoz (La Chica Rosadita) of 19 years old was invited by Guterres to endorse the UN Agenda 2030 in an address to the UN General Assembly: 

Chilean left-wing activist Valentina Muñoz advises the United Nations on Agenda 2030: “This is no longer a negotiation. That’s why it’s called an agenda and not a wish list.” pic.twitter.com/8N4VFoFagj

— Ian Miles Cheong (@stillgray) September 24, 2023

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

***

The world is dangerous to live, 

not so much because of those who do evil, 

but because of those who watch and let it happen. *

Let’s not go around the bush. 

I am referring to the so-called COVID-19 pandemic that led to the injection of a product of composition still unknown to billions of people, from 2021, under a pretext advanced as an indisputable dogma, that of stopping the said pandemic.

So-called experts took turns on all the radio and television waves of the world to tell us that this infection was fatal and that the only way to stop it was to be injected with a product presented as a new generation, effective and harmless vaccine.

And billions of people believed it and received this injection, not once, but for a large number, several times. And it is not over and continues to be advocated, strongly recommended for pregnant women, children and old people.

Today, in May 2024, what can we say about it, by being humble, honest, scientific, the most impartial examiner possible of the facts, free from any conflict or even any link of interest and only seeking to get as close as possible to the truth, whether we like it or not?

As soon as I perceived the discrepancies in the official speech (the canary in the mine**), fully assuming my function as anesthesiologist-resuscitator, intensivist, at the front lines in a large acute hospitalization service in Belgium, I published an article entitled:

“COVID-19, check your sources. War against…corruption? “, April 12, 2020 [1].

The term “war” refers to the expression used six times by French President Emmanuel Macron in his speech of March 16, 2020, “We are at war“, implied, for him, against a virus while a war against pandemic scientific and media corruption would save many more human lives!

It was premonitory because it is vital in this kind of crisis to discern the truth of the lie; to verify what we are told, especially when the author of the lie is presented as an expert and expresses himself without citing any of his sources, relying only on his largely manufactured reputation and on the complicity, conscious or not, of journalists who do not question anything that this expert says.

Beware that the most effective lies are half-truths or are sown in the otherwise coherent discourse, like almost invisible, imperceptible grains.

The devil is always in the details.

This is what has happened to almost all the official statements denounced in the last four years as indisputable truths by our “benevolent” authorities, assertions subsequently denied, quickly or later, by the facts and serious, independent and courageous analysts given the extreme censorship and extensive intimidation to which they have been subjected.

For my part, I refer you to the many articles written between April 2020 and January 2023, on this site www.mondialisation.ca, addressing almost all the subjects concerned, confinements, early treatments including ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine, RT-PCR diagnostic technique, vaccines, masks and totalitarian drift [2].

For almost everything, the facts will have proved me right.

I’m far from being the only one.

I only come back to a few illustrative points.

Hydroxychloroquine, an old and well-known treatment, with marginal side effects if the pharmacology and dosages (doses) are respected and which has been shown to be effective in the early treatment of COVID-19. 

With other doctors, including many fields, from many nations, I said this very early and the facts confirmed this truth yet offended by official experts, including the prestigious medical journal, the Lancet, which withdrew its hostile and fraudulent article 12 days after its publication [3] creating the scandal called Lancetgate.

However, you will notice, and it is a habit, that all the doctors in the world, those in the field called general practitioners or family doctors, have not been warned of this rehabilitation of hydroxychloroquine by these same media from all countries, unanimous and very noisy when it came to spreading a lie, discreet or even silent when it came to restoring the truth.

We can make the same observation with ivermectin [4].

As a doctor, I personally treated hundreds of people with acute respiratory infection labeled COVID-19 in 2021 with correctly dosed ivermectin.

This treatment has been safe and effective, often from the first day of treatment, including in people at risk and fragile, very old, obese, chronic heart or respiratory insufficiency, thus avoiding changes to more serious forms, reducing hospital overload and the period of contagiousness; with an inexpensive, harmless drug that can be prescribed to pregnant women without risk to the fetus, and known since the 1980s, widely prescribed in Africa in particular.

Where are the articles and documentaries relating this truth, in all our written or spoken media?

Have you seen a rehabilitation of these really effective and safe treatments (at the recommended dosages) since the facts proved right to all those who advocated them as early as 2020 or 2021?

Me, no.

On the contrary, doctors, among others, who have treated and talked about their success have been (and still are) threatened with radiation, suspension, prosecution and defamed in this press that continues to lie and support the vaccine in its entirety.

While the facts prove us right. And the so-called “vaccine”?

Based on current data and the decline since 2021, in England, it has been known since September 2023 that COVID-19 vaccinated people die more than unvaccinated people: Further Proof: The “Age Adjusted Argument” has been Crushed by the mRNA Data Avalanche. While this will thankfully Crush mRNA investment, sadly it has also Crushed so many Victims along the way. (substack.com), as analyzed by the French statistician Pierre Chaillot, author of a remarkable book, COVID-19, which is revealed by the official figures, éditions l’Artilleur. Here is the video where Pierre Chaillot analyzes English statistics: Revelation of a new English study: we know who dies the most! (youtube.com).

Really, I encourage you, 4 years after my first article, to reread them all.

On the one hand, we have inexpensive treatments, effective especially since they are early, harmless in case of use according to the prescription rules, treatments that have proven their worth (I can attest to it personally), 

And on the other hand, we have injections of a product with an unknown complete composition, fraudulently called “vaccines”, very expensive but very profitable for the shareholders of the companies that manufacture them and all those they have corrupted, and which we now know to cause excess mortality and an outbreak of side effects in populations around the world (cancers, autoimmune diseases, degeneration, acceleration of cellular aging…).

But our authorities, the press, the official “experts” continue their way without blinking, continuing to shoot honest scientists and caregivers who are independent of any financial link with the globalized system, and who contradict them by relying on the facts.

Why do the vast majority of people continue to let it happen? And to let yourself go? Because the key to the exit door is in them.

In each of us.

It’s about our survival.

Now, I will give more of my personal opinion, my deduction. 

It’s only that, my opinion, even if the past showed that I had seen clearly on many of the subjects concerned, do not believe me on my word or by friendship.

Check, check, read articles, books, watch the videos I inform you to enlighten you, and make your own opinion.

Everything I say from now on can still evolve. 

This is the true honest science, never to freeze on a position, a belief that would become an unbeatable dogma, regardless of the contradictory facts or the painful need to admit to having been wrong. No. Especially not.

While having the courage to affirm what we think at some point, whether we like it or not, even if it attracts us trouble, suspension, cancellation, tax control, or even worse.

I hope that all readers on this site will therefore have understood that we have been lied to; sometimes intelligently and subtly, more often in a rude and authoritarian way, using human weaknesses through fear, conformism, selfishness and lazioness.

Why?

To depopulate an overcrowded land, using odious means, an almost imperceptible, “sweet” genocide, in which, if we do nothing, do not react, we are all accomplices, by action or omission.

It began with the abandonment of vulnerable and fragile people, the elderly, isolated, dead of dehydration, deprivation of affection, love, and the most basic care on the pretext of… saving them!

This continued by prohibiting early treatments that were safe and effective and by inducing immense fear in people, since they were told to wait to get worse, that while waiting for that, they could do nothing (impotence) except ingest paracetamol, toxic to the only element that could still protect them, glutathione.

I will always remember this elderly doctor, abandoned to his fate, and crying when he came to my house, just because I had listened to him and reassured him.

This has been amplified by launching this global campaign to inject a toxic, ineffective and yet presented as safe and effective product and of which we know today, at least on the basis of the statistics of the countries that want to publish them, that it kills more than it saves.

While everything or almost everything is forbidden in pregnant women, magically, it had become acceptable to “violate” their immune-compromised sacred body, endangering the most vulnerable being, totally dependent on others for its survival, the human fetus.

How many miscarriages, stillbirths, malformations in the world today, in connection with this criminal policy?

This video, the first chapter of a series that has three, based on serious and documented research (sources cited in the video), will enlighten you on the issues and the underside of this tragedy.

Eugenist 2.0 & Transhumanist: their open war against peoples – 1/3 Alain Schollaert – CrowdBunker

It is on the Crowdbunker platform, because on YouTube, immediately published, immediately censored which, indirectly, is a strong indication that it really disturbs liars, as only the truth can do.

The following episodes will be published on May 19 and May 26.

Watch, listen and draw your conclusions.

It is vital because we want to train you in a world that you, here, do not want, neither for you, nor above all, for your children.

Depopulation. 

It is in this case of a cruel, revolting cynicism because those who decide to do so do it in their golden bunker, well sheltered, having proclaimed themselves kings of the world simply because they have looted this world, stolen the riches that belong to all humanity and that strong of their dollars and euros, their relationships, their “powers”, they decide who will die or live. 

They use lies brilliantly and coldly, they exploit the flaws of the democratic system and above all, rely on our weaknesses skilfully excited by all the means at their disposal, drugs, sports, music, television, agitation, sex…

We have become too many for them, walking on their flower beds and they have launched what corresponds to the 2030 agenda. Yes, you read well, it’s for 2030 and we are there!

Psychological manipulation pushed to its climax, fears, invisible or little visible attacks for many years [5] by chemical pollution of air (chemtrails), water, electromagnetic waves (4G, 5G, but also our Wifi, televisions, electrical appliances…), and today, these nanomolecular poisons directly injected into the human body.

As a corollary, it is a question of removing cash and replacing it with all-digital.

To make the human as inert and predictable as a machine without a soul or own mind, much easier to direct and exploit.

This video developed by the Corsican-Belgian researcher Alain Schollaert, on the channel of the very good Akina, the Media Front, also talks about a delicate but oh so vital subject, too!

The manufactured, so-called “controlled” opposition. The false opposition or Trojan horse that participates in a perverse, sometimes unconscious way, in the dissemination of the official narrative and its fulfillment by capturing dissenting wills.

How to find your way around without paranoia or discouragement?

Here again, these are my deductions, I assume them but make your own opinion.

However, do not delay or make a mistake because this is what your life is at stake, yours and that of your loved ones.

The decisions you will make, the actions you take will all depend on the information you have chosen to trust, the whistleblowers you have chosen to follow because yes, there are false ones, more or less aware of what they are doing.

First, beware of the “heroes” made by this tragedy. 

Seek humility, discretion, true modesty in those who speak to you.

There are no heroes. No pedestal, no resistance elites, no prestigious characters! 

Look for those who can talk about everything, without taboos, both messenger RNA and graphene oxide, programmed genocide and the deadly vaccine industry! Look for those who admit their mistakes, are tolerant, those who do not take others from above, who do not present themselves as experts in turn, which would mean that by their title alone, we should listen to them religiously.

Do you remember the Swiss researcher Astrid Stuckelberger, censored in a congress of “resistants” just because she wanted to address the subject of graphene oxide, as if some could decide their sole authority on what we can talk about or not.

We are all ordinary citizens immersed in extraordinary circumstances that have revealed what our true nature is made of. 

Those who spoke and acted, some of whom were very conformist in normal times, those who resisted, refused to blindly follow the orders only did so because they could not do otherwise, yet very lucid about the terrible risks they ran, dismissal, harassment, imprisonment, poisoning, social or fiscal murder.

It is not out of heroism but out of moral obligation.

It is in these circumstances, at the heart of the action, that we really discover who we are. Not before.

Then, look at who was visible, carried to the clouds even, and who was ostracized, very quickly or gradually. 

Look at who is censored especially on YouTube and who is not or less so. Do not draw hasty conclusions but make your spirit of deduction work.

When some have been able to publish books without problems, translated even into several languages, talk about them on radio, you have other serious authors who are never talked about and translated. It’s a sign.

Do you know Didier Raoult, Louis Fouché, Alexandra Henrion-Caude, Jean-Dominique Michel, Xavier Azalbert…? 

I’m sure it is. The “tenors“, the “pillars“…

And Melody Feron, Denis Rancourt, Sasha Latypova, Tess Lawrie, Alain Schollaert, Laurence Kayser? Much less, right?

But again and it’s crucial, make your own opinion.

The real whistleblowers are invisible. It makes sense. The lie does not tolerate the truth that destroys it with a single glance. 

The real resistance fighters are excluded, even by the so-called resistant or awakened circles, who therefore do what they criticize precisely in the other camp, elitism and selection.

The video report by Alain Schollaert, sourced, connecting all the points of this labyrinth of corruption and secret objectives, speaks for itself.

The intention of these forces of evil is terrible.

It is Primum Nocere: above all, harm (as opposed to the oath of any caregiver, primum non nocere, above all not to harm).

These are conspiracies. This is not a theory and those who still tell you this are either individuals of the mental age of a child preferring a false world but they know, or dishonest or even complicit people.

All the evidence of this plot against humanity is there, before our eyes, today. As evidenced by the enormous work of lawyer Reiner Fuellmich now imprisoned [6]. 

And it will not be the well-known collectives, which have become well-oiled and admitted machines for some time, nor the so-called resistant press organs that will help you get out of there.

It’s you, us, me, you, him, her.

We. Together.

Everyone defending their soul and spirit in the face of the devastating attack.

Starting by freeing yourself from the evil influences that capture you and lock you in a dead end of the labyrinth. They have foreseen an impasse for each of us, since the time they have been working on this diabolical project.

They knew very well that some would not swallow their lies and would have the courage to resist. They left nothing to chance. They tried to plan everything, to propose an alternative solution for each of us.

Whatever the name of this trap for you, I pray that as many people as possible, after reading this article and especially the vision of Eugenist 2.0 & Transhumanist: their open war against the peoples, directed by Alain Schollaert, will see clearly and take back the personal power they have at the bottom of their soul and we will survive all this.

Because they won’t win. 

They cannot violate your soul without your consent, which is why they do everything to deceive it, mislead it, weaken it and steer it in the wrong direction.

Be brave, lucid, calm, think and then act, be afraid of nothing and allow the best in you, brighter, good and beautiful, the love force of your blazing heart to radiate and extinguish all this darkness.

Dr. Pascal Sacré

Featured image: Screenshot. Whistleblower.

* I do not put an author because this kind of sentence is attributed to one or the other, without the possibility of verifying it. It is the sentence itself, universal, that is important because it summarizes the whole current problem.

** the canary in the coal mine: What does it mean to be a canary in a coal mine? – Spiegato

Endnotes: title translated into English, link to the original French

[1] COVID-19 – Check your sources. War against… corruption? | Globalization – Center for Research on Globalization

[2] Dr. Pascal Sacré | Globalization – Globalization Research Center

[3] The corruption of science. The scandal of the hydroxychloroquine study. Who was behind all this? Anthony Fauci’s intention to block the HCQ on behalf of major pharmaceutical companies | Globalization – Center for Research on Globalization

[4] COVID-19, a simple change of method and it’s over | Globalization – Globalization Research Center 

[5] Read the author Claire Séverac, and her book “the war against the peoples”: Claire Séverac – The secret war against the peoples: Claire Séverac: Free Download, Borrow, and Streaming: Internet Archive. This courageous activist was murdered through a mysterious dazzling disease in December 2016 (The death of Claire Séverac, an activist who disturbed the “establishment” – Health and Well-being – Sott.net)

[6] This is the beginning of the trial of Reiner Fuellmich (youtube.com)

*

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on April 1, 2024

Global Research Fundraising: Stop the Pentagon’s Ides of March

***

The ‘deep state’ has no power over you. None. It can only try and make you believe it does.

And in this it is very clever, using sophisticated psychological techniques that give the impression of holding the dominant position and exercising the dominant power.

But this is a chimera; and immediately one sees it as such one manifests the authoritative position and the deep state is in check; it can only operate defensively.

This it does by putting up ever greater barriers to freedom of expression, movement and choice.

It knows it’s on the losing side, so has to pull all the tricks in the trade to make itself appear to be in control. It’s a psychological battlefield.

Edward Bernays, the founder of modern advertising, has had much to do with weaponising the powers of perception and deception. He found that you can get people to believe and do almost anything once you learn how to exploit their psyche with carefully chosen imagery and words.

Once you tap into people’s widespread subconscious attraction to the trappings of seductive consumables.

The deep state’s corporate/banker led ‘seeming’ global dominance draws on Bernays’s cunning, using advanced insights concerning how to influence the functions of different areas of the human brain. 

The objective is to come up with a blanket like web of virtual signposting pointing to the direction life must go in in order to overcome some purposefully manufactured crisis. A crisis that is claimed will otherwise cook, starve or destroy people and the planet.

People in a state of funk take all this to be real, of course, and plod on with their tunnel vision acceptance of the pathological diktats of the status quo.

The deep state cabal has a mental hold over their perception of what is and is not true, and rolls out the moderators, fact checkers and ‘sudden silencers’ to counteract anything that emerges as an emissary of truth. Many of us have had first hand experience of this executioner formula.

Nevertheless, ‘we the purposeful people’ are winning through. There is simply too much informative material on the loose for the thought/surveillance police to cover, in spite of their algorythmic interventions.

Image is from The Libertarian Institute

Their tactic is therefore to try to gain the upper hand by pushing harder on the ‘disaster agenda.’

This is exemplified by the global dissemination of the dystopian agenda laid out in Klaus Schwab’s Fourth Industrial Revolution.

The most ubiquitous cooked-up disaster is, of course, ‘man made global warming’ – with its stated solution to be the Transhuman. All steps in between are sold as vital to advancing the speed and efficiency of the ‘human to inhuman’ transformation process.

The digitalisation of life is central to the architects of control argument that humanity is incapable of managing itself and that, without their intervention, the outcome will be the complete breakdown of planetary life.

Only a race of soulless computer assisted ‘super beings’ can save the day, say the likes of Yuval Noah Harari, Elon Musk and Klaus Schwab.

Consider how this agenda plays on the psychology of those who have yet to find in themselves the self assurance to discard that which has no practical sense of purpose and no foundation in basic common sense.

The architects of control count on the majority remaining unresistant to the rolling out of their high tech hegemonic master plan. So much so that they can freely announce that by following it

“You will own nothing and you will be happy.”

In the psychological battle for truth, the perpetrators of the lie have access to a vast storehouse of mind bending persuasion techniques to make their agenda seem the only choice.

They recognise that when a high percentage of individuals believe themselves to be unable to operate without a mobile phone – they will be sufficiently unfocussed and distracted so as to be unable to rebel against a fateful acceptance of slavey to the big brother of convenience.

Easily manipulated victims of digital mass hypnosis.

Here lies the rub: if the upwardly mobile urban ‘educated’ segment of society sees no problem conducting their lives within a credit card bubble of hypermarket convenience shopping, digital EMF communication systems, computer fed entertainment packages and a well paid job in a global or trans national corporation – where is the resistance going to come from?

If this genre of people are already too far gone to register an internal kick when faced by a high level plan to ‘happily’ have all their material assets taken away from them – then who or what is going to raise the alarm?

It looks to me as though only a small percentage of mankind can read the script being outlined for their future behind bars. Only a few can grasp the psychology of the insentient psychopath and his soulless urge to possess and control, at any price.

But once one moves outside the world of Godless urban shopping obsessed nine to fiver’s and ‘well educated’ university trained job hunters, a potential to get real starts to emerge.

Amongst those working people who regularly get their hands dirty, who till the fields; build shelters; repair cars; mend pipes; fix electrics and dig drains, the virtual reality digital cybernetic future of the Fourth Industrial Revolution – and Green New Deal – looks like pure phantasy. The ravings of the unhinged.

They don’t need to mentally struggle in order to try to grasp the twisted logic being broadcast by the global media mafia.

They simply know in their gut that it’s so much ‘bull’.

It is those who form the foundation of pyramid who hold society together. Who glue together the basic infrastructure which supports our daily lives. And it is from here that an increasing percentage reject the psychology of mental indoctrination and the promotion of a digitalised virtual future.

The ‘Throw out Green Deal’ remarkable, unified farmer uprisings happening in all parts of Europe and beyond are testimony to this. They are rising up against the imposition of phony ‘Net Zero by 2045’ rules that demand an end to farmers working the land and an end to the livestock that keep that land fertile.

These farmers are out in their tens of thousands. In Poland they are mounting month long tractor blockades of cities, supermarkets and border crossings. Coals miners, faced by being shut out by large scale ‘stop global warming’ redundancies, are joining the uprising. 

Source

Farmers say they will not cease their disruptions until their demands are met by government and by the EU.

This is the refreshingly undiluted language of genuine defiance. 

It has the authorities rattled. Green Deal is, after all, the very backbone of the agenda to enslave us all to a Brave New World of synthetic everything – from food to nature to people. 

The general public are in sympathy with the farmers’ actions.  Approximately 80% of European citizens are on their side according to opinion surveys.

Getting a solid core of consumers to rise up and participate in this bottom up movement for the survival of real food and real farming will be vital to maintaining the momentum.

Coming from an unlikely place, a solid earthed uprising is gathering pace. The farmers’ demands are essentially for economic fairness, respect and recognition of the vital roll they play in the food security of the nation. 

Under ‘Green Deal’ none of these demands are taken seriously. The WEF solution is not to support the agricultural community but to destroy it!

In the 2024 battle for truth, everyone should behave as resolutely as the farmers. The need is to be uncompromising in one’s face to face dealings with political liars and hypocrites.

We are the trustees of Planet Earth. In order to maintain its balance and equilibrium – we have no choice other than to enter into a pactless fight against all opposing forces. 

Those who have land, can grow food and draw water from the well, are the last independent individuals on the planet. They are not about to capitulate to a bunch of psychos in Brussels, London, Warsaw, Washington or Paris – and nor are we.

Everyone’s life is dependent upon having access to nourishing food. Therefore everyone’s life is dependent upon the survival and future prosperity of the farmer. 

Support them now in their hour of need. Their need is also your need.

They have no future – and nor do we – without a life saving revolution that re-establishes the priorities for what is actually important in life. Think deeply about this and then act on it without delay. 

And if you’re left in doubt – ask farmers who actually controls the food chain. Who is really in the driving seat when it comes to feeding the world?

Rise up, all good people. Take your destiny in both hands. Vigorously join together in forging a great victory for humanity over inhumanity. 

Allowing one’s self to slide into a state of abject slavery is a doctrine of the graveyard. 

All those retaining some life giving red blood corpuscles know that the road to truth accepts no compromise and can never be subverted by the orchestrated opium of mass indoctrination.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Julian Rose is an organic farmer, writer, broadcaster and international activist. He is author of four books of which the latest ‘Overcoming the Robotic Mind’ is a clarion call to resist the despotic New World Order takeover of our lives. Do visit his website for further information www.julianrose.info 

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on February 13, 2022

***

Through its Young Global Leaders program, the World Economic Forum has been instrumental in shaping a world order that undermines all democratic principles. For several decades, this program has nurtured compliant leaders acting as WEF agents in governments around the world. The consequences are far-reaching and may turn out to be devastating for humanity. 

I have to say then I mention names like Mrs Merkel, even Vladimir Putin and so on they all have been Young Global Leaders of The World Economic Forum. But what we are really proud of now with the young generation like Prime Minister Trudeau, President of Argentina and so on, is that we penetrate the cabinets… It is true in Argentina and it is true in France now… (Klaus Schwab)

Click here or image to access Video 

In 1992, Klaus Schwab and World Economic Forum launched a program initially called Global Leaders of Tomorrow.

In 2004, this program was turned into the Forum for Young Global Leaders (which I cover in my book The Global Coup D’Etat) –  a 5-year program of indoctrination into WEFs principles and goals.

The aim was – and is – to find suitable future leaders for the emerging global society. The program has since its inception has included politicians, business leaders, royalty, journalists, performers and other cultural influencers who have excelled in their fields but have not yet turned 40 years of age (originally 43 in order to include Angela Merkel). It has since grown into an extensive global network of dedicated leaders with enormous resources and influence, all working to implement the technocratic plans of the World Economic Forum in their respective nations and fields.

The network creates a force for worldwide influence through the combination of the individual skills and resources of its members.

As Klaus Schwab says in the introductory quote, it has become very successful.

Already in the first year, 1992, a number of highly influential candidates were elected. Among 200 selected were global profiles such as Angela Merkel, Tony Blair, Nicolas Sarkozy, Bill Gates, Bono, Richard Branson (Virgin), Jorma Ollila (Shell Oil), and José Manuel Barroso (President of the European Commission 2004–2014).[1]

More examples of influential Young Global Leaders [2]:

Crown Princess Victoria of Sweden
Crown Prince Haakon of Norway
Crown Prince Fredrik of Denmark
Prince Jaime de Bourbon de Parme, Netherlands
Princess Reema Bint Bandar Al-Saud, Ambassador for Saudi-Arabia in USA
Jacinda Arden, Prime Minister, New Zeeland
Alexander De Croo, Prime Minister, Belgium
Emmanuel Macron, President, France
Sanna Marin, Prime Minister, Finland
Carlos Alvarado Quesada, President, Costa Rica
Faisal Alibrahim, Minister of Economy and Planning, Saudi Arabia
Shauna Aminath, Minister of Environment, Climate Change and Technology, Maldives
Ida Auken, MP, former Minister of Environment, Denmark (author to the infamous article “Welcome To 2030: I Own Nothing, Have No Privacy And Life Has Never Been Better”)
Annalena Baerbock, Minister of Foreign Affairs, Leader of Alliance 90/Die Grünen, Germany
Kamissa Camara, Minister of the Digital Economy and Planning, Mali
Ugyen Dorji, Minister of Domestic Affairs, Bhutan
Chrystia Freeland, Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Finance, Canada
Martín Guzmán, Minister of Finance, Argentina
Muhammad Hammad Azhar, Minister of Energy, Pakistan
Paula Ingabire, Minister of Information and communications technology and Innovation, Rwanda
Ronald Lamola, Minister of Justice and Correctional Services, South Africa
Birgitta Ohlson, Minister for European Union Affairs 2010–2014, Sweden
Mona Sahlin, Party Leader of the Social Democrats 2007–2011, Sweden
Stav Shaffir, Leader of the Green Party, Israel
Vera Daves de Sousa, Minister of Finance, Angola
Leonardo Di Caprio, actor and Climate Activist
Mattias Klum, photographer and Environmentalist
Jack Ma, Founder of Alibaba
Larry Page, Founder of Google
Ricken Patel, Founder of Avaaz
David de Rothschild, adventurer and Environmentalist
Jimmy Wale, Founder of Wikipedia
Jacob Wallenberg, Chairman of Investor
Niklas Zennström, Founder of Skype
Mark Zuckerberg, Founder of Facebook

The purpose from the beginning has been to “identify and advance a future-oriented global agenda, focusing on issues at the intersection of the public and private sectors.”

Public–Private Partnerships is one of the cornerstones of the World Economic Forum philosophy. That is, a merger between state and large companies (also known as corporativism) with the aim of solving global problems of in a more “effective” way. The choice of leaders clearly reflects this aspiration.

The Young Global Leaders group was initially instructed to identify the major challenges of the 21st century. These included peace, the environment, education, technology and health – areas which these upcoming leaders could exploit politically, economically, and culturally in the new millennium.

Partners for Global Leaders of Tomorrow in 2000 were large global companies such as The Coca Cola Company, Ernst & Young, Volkswagen, and BP Amoco. These could contribute to the agenda by “playing an active role in developing and implementing the concept of the GLT project. The partners can therefore actively participate in the development of GLT programs; representatives of the partner companies as well as their guests are invited to GLT meetings .. ”Since the Global Leaders of Tomorrow was turned into Young Global Leaders 2004, partners such as the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, Google, and JPMorganChase (with alumni from the program) have also participated as sponsors.

The ultimate consequence of both public–private partnerships and these target areas is the creation of a largely tyrannical  social contract in which the individual has become subordinated to these powerful interests. Noble goals of creating a better world have also been kidnapped. This is especially evident in the context of the partnership between the WEF and the UN and the implementation of the global goals (Agenda 2030) through the application of the technologies of the Fourth Industrial Revolution.

This means that the democratic principles and division of power of the 20th century have largely been completely undermined and instead replaced by a new global class that shapes our common future based on their own interests.

This has led to a de facto privatisation of both  national governments and international organisations, where lobbyists are no longer kept in the lobby but have moved into the seat of power, shaping policies directly affecting our lives. What this means has become particularly evident since the pandemic was declared in March 2020. In addition, leading multinational investment management corporations such as BlackRock, led by the World Economic Forum’s own Larry Fink, have constantly moved their positions forward.

German economist and journalist Ernst Wolff believes that many of the national leaders included in the Young Global Leader program have been selected for their willingness to carry out the tough agenda of lockdowns in recent years without asking any questions, and that their impending failure (as evidenced by in a growing dissatisfaction of the masses) will be used as an excuse to create a new form of Global Government where the old nation states become largely obsolete.

A new global digital currency with Universal Basic Income (UBI) can then be gradually introduced to replace our doomed monetary system.[3] This conclusion partly coincides with my own.

It is also supported by Paul Raskin‘s scenarios from The Great Transition Initiative on how  a totalitarian “New Earth Order” is established, to be replaced in the long run by a global democratic government (Earth Federation) with a World Constitution.[4]

The COVID-19 pandemic has underscored the catastrophic failure of an every-country-for-itself approach to public health, and national economic interests, rather than global needs, continue to dominate discussions of climate policy, paving the path toward climate chaos.

Under the tricameral World Parliament come the four main agencies of the Earth Federation government: the World Supreme Court system, the World Executive, the World Enforcement System, and the World Ombudsman.[5]

Glen T. Martin, The Great Transition Requires the Earth Constitution

The vision is that a peaceful and harmonious world in balance is created through the establishment of a World Federation with a World Parliament, World Government and a World Court. These are ideas that have long circulated in Club of Rome and closely connected New Age circles.

The question is how such a new global system of power would escape the fate of being kidnapped by the same interests that created our current corrupt and failing system?

This is in view of those who support projects such as The Great Transition (initiated with start-up capital from Steven Rockefeller). What is happening is rather a method of taking us to their ultimate solution in the form of a global technocratic control system.

However, it is highly unlikely that this plan will succeed. Awareness is spreading like wildfire and the panic of the elite increases as their narrative crumbles and people become more and more immune to the propaganda. Hence all the inquisitors and “fact checkers” who diligently gatekeep the narrative and help steer public opinion in the “right” direction. They are surely to be trusted since, for example, David Roy Thomson, Chairman of the Thomson Reuters Corporation, is an alumni of Global Leaders of Tomorrow, class of 1993.

It is now time to take control of our own destinies and to avoid falling into new traps.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @globalresearch_crg. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Thanks to investigative journalist Cory Morningstar for the clip that inspired this blog article. Follow her blog Wrong Kind of Green.

Notes

[1] World Economic Forum, GLT Class of 1993.pdf

[2] World Economic Forum, Young Global Leaders Community (searchable list over YGL alumni)

[3] Michael Lord, “Exposed: Klaus Schwab’s School For Covid Dictators, Plan for ‘Great Reset’“, RAIR Foundation, November 10, 2021

[4] Paul Raskin, Journey to Earthland: The Great Transition to Planetary Civilization.pdf, Tellus Institute, Boston, 2016

[5] Glen T. Martin, The Great Transition Requires the Earth Constitution“, Great Transition Initiative, November 2021

All images in this article are from Pharos

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

On August 4th, 1964, President Lyndon B. Johnson stood in front of the American public and stated,

“We Americans know, as do others though some may forget, the risk of spreading conflict. […]

I shall immediately request Congress to pass a resolution to make it clear that our government is united in its determination to take all necessary measures in support of freedom and in defense of peace in Southeast Asia.”

On October 7th, 2001, on the eve of the US invasion of Afghanistan, President George Bush addressed the nation:

“We did not ask for this mission, but we will fulfill it.

The name of today’s military operation is Enduring Freedom.

We defend not only our precious freedoms, but also the freedom of people everywhere.”

He addressed the nation again on March 19th, 2003:

“At this hour, American and coalition forces are in the early stages of military operation to disarm Iraq, to free its people and to defend the world from grave danger.”

On March 28th, 2011, President Barack Obama commented on US intervention in Libya,

“Some nations may turn a blind eye to atrocities in other countries, but the United States of America is different.”

On October 20th, 2023, President Joe Biden responded to the Hamas attack on Israel and the Russia-Ukraine War:

“I’m sending an urgent budget request to fund America’s national security interests…

It’s a smart investment that’s going to pay dividends for American security for generations, help keep American troops out of harm’s way, help us build a world that is safer, more peaceful, and more prosperous.”

All these speeches and masked declarations of war paint a similar picture: the US, a hero of the world, a defender of freedom, and a protector of the people.

In the bright, lucid light of history, we see differently.

A commonality stretches between each conflict like a woven thread of grim consistency– each of these decisions was an unmitigated disaster. You don’t need to be a foreign policy expert to recognize that. Not only have these conflicts led to thousands– millions– of deaths, but they have also plunged regions into periods of darkness, perpetuating mass poverty, human rights abuses, and political ruin.

Over two decades in Vietnam, nearly 60,000 US soldiers returned home in body bags.

On Vietnam’s shores, more than 2 million are buried.

50,000+ deaths in Laos, 150,000+ deaths in Cambodia from US attacks.

In Afghanistan, an estimated 70,000 military personnel and 46,000 civilians were killed– widely understood to be a vast underestimation.

In Iraq, an estimated 300,000 died from direct violence.

In Palestine, 40,000 and counting, most of whom are civilians– women and children.

But violence doesn’t end at direct warfare.

A study of America’s “War on Terror” estimates approximately 4.5 million people have died from the reverberating effects of war, such as disease and economic hardship. That is the reality of war: it leaves a lasting legacy of death and devastation wherever it goes.

It is easy to look at a number and just see a number. Names, faces, and identities– half-lived lives, and stories of love, pain, and hardship– are so easily condensed into a tally mark on paper. That is what our politicians do. They dehumanize humans in the name of “good intentions,” in the name of protecting American interests– America, a beautiful convergence of multicultural identities, where surely we must understand the emphasis of belonging to humanity rather than a conflated identity of belief and coordinates of birth.

It is so obvious, tragedy eclipses into satire: When did our foreign policy become something out of a poorly written movie where the bad guy declares they must kill millions of people to save the world?

“It became necessary to destroy the town to save it,” said a US major in the decision to bomb the town Ben Tre after northern Vietnam forces overtook the city during the Tet Offensive in 1968, in case you thought that was an exaggeration.

Fortunately, our political fallibility has not gone unnoticed. The parallels are remarkable, as evidence by these rallying cries:

1969: “Hey, hey LBJ– how many kids did you kill today?”

2024: “Genocide Joe has got to go!”

Source: CODEPINK

And indeed, former presidents have expressed regret and remorse over their decision.

In 2016, Obama declared Libya the “worst mistake of his presidency.” Alan Kuperman, a professor at the Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs UTA  wrote,

“In retrospect, Obama’s intervention in Libya was an abject failure, judged by its own standards. Libya has not only failed to evolve into a democracy, it has devolved into a failed state. Violent deaths and other human rights abuses have increased sevenfold.”

It is well agreed, in the dim after-the-fact, that these invasions did no good, and quite a lot of bad. And still our government continues to perpetuate these same narratives as if they have never cracked open a history book and read about the consistent failure of US foreign intervention. Some will call this ignorance– others, greed. The truth is, our politicians are complicit in the war machine and no act of violence is unintentional. They rely on us not to recognize the patterns– and if we don’t, they’ll keep exploiting it. It is obvious we cannot rely on our political leaders to lead with any strength of character or understanding of morality.

We can, however, bring awareness to these grim trends. The cycle remains the same, even after nearly a century. Our foreign policy, anachronistic as it is, is fairly predictable.

Step one: Information warfare

In the US, public support is critical, not only for political and social stability, but also to maintain one’s chances for reelection. You can be sure that any potential conflict will be preempted by the creation of an enemy. This includes an amalgamation strategy of fear-mongering and purposeful intensifying of divisions.

Example: Leading up to US invasions in the Middle East, the region was widely demonized under the guise of religious differences. Even prominent policy advisors like Samuel Huntington fell into the trap of citing religious and cultural difference to be the main motivator of war in the 21st century. This led to extreme Islamophobia in the US and spikes in hate crime.

Step two: Militarization

Next, our government will take those narratives and run with it. Usually it is militarization in the name of deterrence. Accusations about the enemy’s intent to cause global devastation will plague Congressional meetings. Think tanks will fall back to the familiar Cold War era deterrence strategies because nobody seems to have thought of a better idea in an entire decade. The US will then opt to increase military presence in the region. Just in case.

Example: US military presence around Vietnam increased dramatically in response to the fear of communism. Any actions short of war were conducted with unambiguous support.

Step three: Wait for the right spark to light

The US is loathed to make the first move. No political leader wants to be considered as the one who began a war. Instead, they will put all the triggers into play and wait for one of them to fire. Then we can go to war pretending we are without blame.

Example: In August 1964, two US destroyers in the Gulf of Tonkin were sent to intercept North Vietnamese communication in support of the South. These ships were fired upon, which gave the US leeway to announce the need to respond with force.

Step four: War

The president will then make a solemn, resigned declaration of war. We must send troops to defend global peace, they will say. It is for the greater good. We are backed into a corner and have no other options.

Example: President George Bush labeled the 2003 invasion of Iraq a “preventative war,” saying that we must send forces to avoid a worse alternative. Rumors about Iraq’s WMDs were later debunked.

Step five: Failure

It is likely the conflict will be long and protracted. If history is anything to go by, thousands will die. Many of them will be innocent civilians caught in the crossfire. Mass violence will likely lead to chronic instability, economic devastation, and weakening of the state.

Example: Since the US invasion of Iraq, over one million civilians have been displaced, and three million are in need of humanitarian assistance. The US left a power vacuum open, allowing armed militant groups to take over various regions of the country. Political stability still remains out of reach to this day.

Step six: Regret

It could take some time, but eventually, history will catch up. War is rarely considered successful and hardly ever seen in a positive light. This isn’t something that needs any level of consideration– it’s because war is bad.

Example: A majority of Iraq and Afghanistan veterans agree the war was not worth it. A majority of Americans also regret the Vietnam War.

Source

Step seven: Amnesia

So many of us have lived through these past wars and seen the harm they do, not just abroad, but in our own communities. And yet, our government seems to face a chronic case of severe amnesia that echoes through the media and in our own minds. To truly stand for peace, we must remember tragedy and carry all its lessons with us.

Now let’s look at these steps in the context of China, which has been deemed our “next war”:

Step one: Information Warfare

Information warfare has been largely successful. So successful that it’s become a nonpartisan agreement that China is a threat to the US. This isn’t a good thing– war is far, far more likely when both sides of our government agree on it. Even public opinion sways in the same direction. Our media sources are basically in bed with political discourse. Everyone is saying the same thing, screaming it from the rooftops: China is our enemy. We must defeat China to protect our interests. Even if that means ruining the lives of millions of people.

Step two: Militarization

The widespread consensus of China’s danger has always led to a successful hyper-militarization of the Asia-Pacific region. Billions of dollars have been thrown at surrounding China with US military bases. Even now, military spending is at an all-time high. Our government claims they are “protecting” these nations, but there is significant public opposition in Japan, Guam, and the Philippines, where local communities have repeatedly reaffirmed their desire for US military presence to leave.

According to President Biden, we are “standing up for peace and stability across the Taiwan Strait.” Yes, we are standing up for peace with 300+ military bases, 375,000 military personnel, and countless missiles in the Asia-Pacific alone. It is the contradiction to end all contradictions.

Think tanks have already done the calculations. Conflict in the Asia-Pacific would be a disaster for China’s economy, leading to a shrinkage of 20-35% at best. Local populations in the Asia-Pacific region would bear the brunt of the violence. The economic, political, and social instability would devastate the lives of millions of people.  The entire world– not just China– would be far worse off. It is clear that war is not the answer. Then again, it has never been the answer.

Step three: Wait for the right spark to light

Though the trigger hasn’t been fired yet, a terrifying number have been put into play. Besides the 300+ US military bases surrounding China (which is especially insane when one considers the fact that China has no military bases in the entire Western hemisphere), the US conducts annual “war games” meant to display military might in the region and antagonize China. Our government has worked overtime to create mini trilateral alliances with other nations in the region, so that if one is pulled into war, they are all pulled into war. The US, which for 45 years has conducted foreign affairs in line with the one-China policy established in 1972, has come closer during Biden’s presidency than ever at reneging on the policy. This is solely due to China’s recent political and economic success. It is not a matter of sovereignty or security; it is a matter of protecting US hegemony.

The chilling reality is that war with China is something we may not walk away from. And though our political leaders repeatedly state their lack of desire to go to war, they are following perfectly in their predecessors’ footsteps. The fuel has been filled. All it takes is one trigger.

As we near the daunting cliff-face of another war, I can’t help but wonder: When will we learn? When will our government truly become an ark for humanity rather than an apparatus of violence, greed, and destruction? Is it really so idealistic to believe that disagreements can be settled without bloodshed? Our world is not the same as it used to be. It is clear that people are starting to wake up– starting to see through the weakening facade of a government that claims it stands for peace, when every action is geared towards war.

Perhaps it will take a millenia, and perhaps our species will not live long enough to see it. As it stands, as we see daily “but-they-did-it-first” squabbles, other threats close in– climate change, which is our biggest security threat to date, goes unconsidered. Nuclear weapons pile up in our backyard, pointed at every inch of the globe as if it makes any sort of sense. And on and on we go, each decade with a new enemy and a new war and a new story of good versus evil, as if it’s not war itself– the US itself– that is perpetuating this stagnation.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Megan Russell is CODEPINK’s China is Not Our Enemy Campaign Coordinator. She graduated from the London School of Economics with a Master’s Degree in Conflict Studies. Prior to that, she attended NYU where she studied Conflict, Culture, and International Law. Megan spent one year studying in Shanghai, and over eight years studying Chinese Mandarin. Her research focuses on the intersection between US-China affairs, peace-building, and international development.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

The Unproven Felony

Trump has just been convicted of a felony without specification of what the crime really was.

How to manipulate the jurors. That Trump committed a misdemeanor by falsifying records is beyond doubt.

But that misdemeanor has expired. Only as a “conspiracy” could the falsification of records become a felony. The DA (prosecutor) served the jury 3 possible conspiracies, but proved none of them.

The jury agreed on the falsification of records, and a conviction for felony was pronounced by the judge by skipping the necessary intermediate evidence for a conspiracy.

For background, a ”misdemeanor” is a minor crime with no more than one year of prison – a felony is a grave crime of more than one year of prison.

A misdemeanor in the form of falsification of records is clear, but that misdemeanor has since long expired. Therefore, the prosecutor’s problem was to present evidence for a graver crime, a felony, in order to achieve something. These two issues have to be separated – the proof of incorrect book-keeping (minor misdemeanor, too late for jail-time), and the allegation for felony, claiming that the misdemeanor intended to conceal a graver (jail-carrying) crime. The latter, proving intent to conceal a much graver crime, was not achieved.

Normally a felony conviction would be politically fatal for a candidate appearing on the ballot in five months. But normally a prosecutor wouldn’t have brought this case. Mr. Bragg, an elected Democrat, ran for office as the man ready to take on Mr. Trump.

By the time Mr. Bragg showed up on the scene, the Stormy business was old enough that Mr. Trump couldn’t be hit with misdemeanor falsification of records, because the statute of limitations had expired. To elevate these counts into felonies, the DA said Mr. Trump cooked the books with an intent to commit or cover up a second offense.

What crime was that? At first Mr. Bragg was cagey. He eventually settled on a New York election law, rarely enforced, that prohibits conspiracies to promote political candidates “by unlawful means.”

Yet what “unlawful means” did this alleged conspiracy use? The DA’s argument was that there were three:

First, the hush money was effectively an illegally large donation to Mr. Trump’s campaign.

Second, more business filings were falsified, including bank records for Mr. Cohen’s wire transfer to Ms. Daniels.

Third, false statements were made to tax authorities, since Mr. Trump’s repayment of Mr. Cohen was structured as income and “grossed up” to cover the taxes he would need to pay on it.

In some ways this Russian nesting doll structure, to use another analogy, defies logic.

Did Mr. Trump falsify business records in 2017 to cover up an illegal conspiracy to elect him in 2016, whose unlawful means included false information in Mr. Cohen’s tax return for 2017?

There was hardly any direct evidence about Mr. Trump’s state of mind. Federal prosecutors squeezed a guilty plea out of Mr. Cohen but notably didn’t pursue Mr. Trump. One news report said the feds worried that his “lack of basic knowledge of campaign finance laws would make it hard to prove intent.”

A help to Mr. Bragg’s prosecution is that the jurors were instructed that as long as they were unanimous that Mr. Trump was guilty of falsifying business records to aid or cover up an illegal conspiracy to get him elected, they didn’t all have to agree about which theory of the “unlawful means” they found persuasive.

Mr. Trump may be a cad, this conviction isn’t disqualifying for a second term in the White House.

The conviction sets a precedent of using legal cases, no matter how sketchy, to try to knock out political opponents, including former Presidents. Mr. Trump has already vowed to return the favor. See this.

The conviction of Trump for felony hangs upon whether Trump with his book-keeping intended to commit or cover up a felony, a larger crime – a list of no less than 3 possible felony crimes were presented by the DA (prosecutor) to the jurors. And the judge instructed the jurors that they did not have to agree on any of them, just that the book-keeping (for which itself he cannot be convicted) was not correct. A procedure, which probably goes against US federal law, which requires jurors to agree on all key elements of a possible crime.

You just cannot lawfully say that Mr. X intended to commit one of three suggested crimes, we cannot prove which, but pick your choice, even if all of you disagree.

The New York Times, the Party-paper and mother of Democrat opinion, however, has no problem with such an unlawful conviction for an unknown crime out of 3 suggested and unproven crimes, and tells the World that this is perfectly okay. The Democrats just enjoy themselves in their solarium-sun.

Reckoning Coming to Democrats

But this rigged conviction of Trump will have a reckoning, which the Democrats will not want.

First of all, Trump will probably still get elected, and the Democrats may themselves have transformed Trump to their own worst fears.

But not only Trump is upset by the Democrats’ blatant rigging of the US justice system, where the custody of secret papers is only a crime if Trump does it, but not if Biden does the same, and where contact about Biden family-members’ involvement in corruption in Ukraine in the same way is only illegal, if Trump talks with the Ukrainian president, but not if Biden talks with the Ukrainian president in the same object just from the Biden-family’s side.

Republican Tulsi Gabbard, who is not a “MAGA” follower, has condemned Biden for abusing the US justice system in the following stark words: 

Joe Biden has turned this country into a banana republic.

A country, where those in power use the legal powers and the law enforcement against their opponents.

Far worse are the consequences outlines by US TV-star Megyn Kelly – who says the only way to teach Democrats about their crimes of abusing the legal and justice system is that Republicans must do to Democrats what they themselves have done to Republicans.

The only thing to do is to do the same to them:

Order every Republican DA (prosecutor) to go after every Democrat.

Civil war has just broken out in the USA.

The last civil war was the bloodiest war in US history – even compared to the world wars.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Karsten Riise is a Master of Science (Econ) from Copenhagen Business School and has a university degree in Spanish Culture and Languages from Copenhagen University. He is the former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Mercedes-Benz in Denmark and Sweden.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from countercurrents.org

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Blackened smoke in the background, the raging inferno ripped through tents long after Israel had bombed another designated “safe” zone for evacuated civilians from north of Gaza. A charred body, of a boy or a girl, pulled from the wreckage, still burning. It’s the “bigger shoah,” the bigger Holocaust, Matan Vilnai, Israel’s deputy defense minister had promised Gaza in 2008. 

In the same scene, three children helped their mother place their tattered floor mattresses on a cart.

The middle-aged woman’s face was grooved like newly tilled rows of arid soil. The scrawny donkey hobbled in the sand, struggling to pull the cart. He appeared as hungry and thirsty as the gaunt children trying to climb on top of the mattresses.

The donkey seemed confused as the woman ordered him to move toward the centre of Gaza. The poor animal was directed to the same location from which he had moved the family days earlier. Donkeys in Gaza have a better memory of the place than many Western leaders. 

The load this time was lighter, perhaps due to the loss of a husband or child. The same family was on the move from one “safe” place to another Israeli-designated “safe” area. Like all the people of Gaza, families were ordered to move from the north and to evacuate the south to the middle of Gaza, even as the Israeli army bombs Al Mawasi, Nuseirat, and Bureij in the center of the Strip.

The four-legged creature trudged slowly. The TV camera focused on his expressive, glossy wide eyes.

Even the donkey had realized what President Joe Biden has yet to recognize: there was no safe place in Gaza. Until then, I didn’t realize donkeys could have emotional reactions. I was mistaken; the famished donkey had more heart than Joe Biden, Emmanuel Macron, Rishi Sunak, Justin Trudeau, and Olaf Scholz combined.

The donkey is not be the product of the “values” of Western civilization. He does not make a 2000-pound bomb and drops it over the most densely area on planet earth, such as Jabalia camp, nor does he possess the mental capacity to exploit Artificial Intelligence for more efficient mass assassination factory. Most importantly, the donkey does not understand the ingrained white Western racism toward non-white cultures.  

American officials typically waste no time to condemn the killing of an Israeli, but are over cautious when addressing the murder of the less than equal human beings at the hand of Israel. In response to a question about the Israeli Shoah in Rafah, the U.S. State Department spokesperson Mathew Miller justified the burning of children telling the reporters that “Israel has a right to go after the Hamas … as appears to have been Israel’s aim here.”  

At the White House, John Kirby took offense when CBS News Senior White House Correspondent Ed O’Keefe confronted him with, “How many more charred corpses does he have to see?” Kirby replied in part that Israel is investigating the attack, suggesting that it should be given time to complete its investigation before reaching any conclusion. The democratization of self-investigation is such a novel idea: allowing the criminal to investigate their own crimes. While we’re at it, the U.S. Department of Justice should consider allowing Donald Trump to investigate January 6 and see what he comes up with.

It is this American absurdity that emboldens Netanyahu’s belligerence, allowing him to ignore Biden and other Western leaders’ movable red line. Israeli tanks have reached the center of Rafah, forcing UNRWA and the World Central Kitchen (WKC) to cease food aid operations, and the charred bodies of Palestinian civilians are piling up. Yet, Israel has not crossed Biden’s line in the sand.

Israel has investigated previous murders, such as the killing of WCK aid workers, claiming that the killing was not intentional. Israeli army Chief of General Staff Herzi Halevi declared it a “grave mistake.”  Similarly, Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu described the latest massacre in Rafah with similar lexicon, calling it a “tragic mishap.” 

In explaining the large number of killed journalists, circa 140, an Israeli army spokesman stated that they “never . . . deliberately target journalists.”  Regarding the murder and injury of more than 100,000 Palestinian civilians, Israel claims they were unintended causality because it “takes all operationally feasible measures to mitigate harm to civilians.” 

In the last seven months, Israel has “mistakenly” murdered more than 225 humanitarian aid workers, “three times as many humanitarian aid workers killed in any single conflict recorded in a single year.” Additionally, over 700 of healthcare professionals lost their lives, and hundreds of hungry people were killed waiting for food aid trucks at Gaza roundabouts. In all these cases, Israel denied responsibility and blamed the victims for their death. 

It is a clear case of cognitive dissonance when Western powers provide food aid to alleviate the Israeli-made famine, while supplying the means for Israel to perpetuate a starvation regime, and the bombs to burn (less than hungry) children alive. Gaza has become not just the tombs of famished children, but the graveyard of the values of Western Civilization.

The outcome of past Israeli investigation is evident in a boilerplate of mistakes despite the writ large evidence suggesting otherwise. Yet, if we take the Israeli assertions at face value and accept, they all were “mistakes,” it raises the question: how many mistakes can one make before they become either liars or certified as stupid? Or, are Western leaders who continue to believe these “Israeli mistakes,” the real fools?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

A version of this article is published on Al Mayadeen.

Jamal Kanj is the author of “Children of Catastrophe,” Journey from a Palestinian Refugee Camp to America, and other books. He writes frequently on Arab world issues for various national and international commentaries.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

 

 

Jeffrey Sachs, a world-renowned professor of economics and bestselling author, recounted how he warned senior US officials that sanctions on Russia would fail. His statement comes as Daleep Singh, the US deputy national security adviser for international economics, said a large flow of Russian weapons is still powered by electronic components from companies in the United States and allied countries.

“The percentage of Russian battlefield weaponry with US or allied branded components is alarmingly and unacceptably high,” Bloomberg quoted Singh as saying on May 28, adding that the US and its allies have struggled to stem the flow of parts to Russia and called on companies to prevent these  parts from being used in the Ukraine conflict

Export controls—which target the movement of goods rather than financial transactions— have been difficult to enforce because producers lack the large internal compliance departments that have emerged in the banking sector over the past two decades of US sanctions policy. 

“Put your creativity and resources to work, know your customers, know their customers, and know the end users. Ensure that American firms are not unwitting cogs in Russia’s arsenal,” appealed the advisor.

Singh, who was instrumental in implementing the initial round of economic sanctions against Russia in the early days of Russia’s military operation, said his comments were “an urgent call for corporate responsibility.”

“It took decades to build the financial sanctions architecture after 9/11. We’ve got to do that at warp speed for technology and goods companies,” he added.

Sanctions imposed on Russia by the West have proven largely ineffective in relation to what strategists believed they would achieve, and evidently not only in the financial sector but even in the industrial. In fact, US economist Jeffrey Sachs stressed on the same day as Singh’s comments that the sanctions have been “pretty useless.”

“The sanctions turned out to be pretty useless compared to the grandeur of what US strategists thought,” Sachs said in an interview with journalist Tucker Carlson, adding that “the rest of the world doesn’t think much of the United States. What it’s doing, it seems to them, is a bizarre country.”

Earlier in May, Russian President Vladimir Putin emphasised that sweeping Western sanctions have created growth opportunities for the Russian economy despite initially causing some problems. In total, around 16,000 restrictive measures exist, making Russia the most sanctioned in the world.

Sachs recounted that he “spoke with senior officials all along who just thought Russia won’t object or can’t object or will be pushed aside or will fall to its knees with US financial sanctions or will succumb to the US Himars… Just one absolutely naive idea after another.”

He also explained how Russia figured out how to get tankers in and insurance cover and is now “making a lot of money” while US neocons “didn’t understand” Zbigniew Brzezinski’s warning that “by all means, the one thing never, never to do is to drive Russia and China together.”

Christopher Waller, a member of the board of the United States Federal Reserve System (FED), has taken onboard Brzezinski’s warning and recently argued that sanctions imposed on Russia and Chinese efforts to strengthen the yuan could affect the international use of the US dollar as a store of value.

“Rising geopolitical tensions, sanctions against Russia, China’s efforts to bolster usage of the renminbi [yuan], and economic fragmentation all can affect the international use of the dollar, most visibly as a store of value and reflected in its use in official foreign exchange reserves,” said Waller.

The FED member added that the listed factors could also impact the US dollar’s role as a medium of exchange, including its use in trade, global banking, and foreign exchange transactions.

In effect, US sanctions not only failed to economically collapse Russia and prevent the procurement of critical products but they boomeranged and accelerated the de-dollarisation of the global economy. With Russia having already bore the bulk of the damage the sanctions had in the first few months of their introduction, there is no new sanction that can be introduced today that would economically ruin the country.

Yet, despite this reality, Washington insists on maintaining its aggressive policy against Moscow, even if it is to no avail.

And Sachs, in speaking to Tucker Carlson, is evidently frustrated by this reckless policy: “I’m old enough to remember Vietnam. I’m old enough to remember trying to overthrow Bashar al-Assad. I’m old enough to remember Libya. I’m old enough to remember Afghanistan. We screw up nonstop. This is not clever, what we’re doing.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is licensed under CC BY 2.0

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Today, Michel Chossudovsky of GlobalResearch.ca joins us to discuss his recent article: “The Hiroshima Nagasaki ‘Dress Rehearsal’: Oppenheimer and the U.S. War Department’s Secret September 15, 1945 ‘Doomsday Blueprint’ to ‘Wipe the Soviet Union off the Map.’”

We talk about the original, genocidal plan of the US War Department for a genocidal nuclear slaughter of the Soviets, how that plan has continued to the present day, the existential threat of nuclear holocaust and the prospects for an anti-war movement that can actually stand up to the military-industrial complex.

 

For more details see:

The Hiroshima Nagasaki “Dress Rehearsal”: Oppenheimer and the U.S. War Department’s Secret September 15, 1945 “Doomsday Blueprint” to “Wipe the Soviet Union off the Map”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, April 28, 2024

 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This was originally published on The Corbett Report.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video

---

“Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
–John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
–Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

President Biden has authorized Ukraine to conduct limited attacks inside Russia with American-made weapons, US officials said. Some US allies have already gone further. Britain weeks ago, allowed Ukraine to use its long-range Storm Shadow missile systems for strikes anywhere in Russia, and France and Germany have recently taken the same stance. The decision announced by President Biden is due in particular to the pressure exerted by Secretary of State Antony Blinken to eliminate restrictions on the use of US weapons by Ukraine. NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg was tasked with announcing Washington’s decision to the European Allies. Speaking at the European Union Council, he declared: According to international law, Ukraine has the right to self-defence. And the right to self-defence also includes striking legitimate military targets inside Russia.

At the same time, Poland announced its purchase of long-range missiles from the United States and declared that it was ready to host NATO nuclear weapons. Sweden did the same: as soon as it joined NATO, it stated that it was available to host US nuclear weapons in the event of war.

France has tested a new air-launched nuclear missile and has allocated 13% of its military budget to upgrading its nuclear weapons. Against which targets in Russia the long-range missiles supplied by the United States and other NATO countries to Ukraine are directed, is demonstrated by the news released by Kyiv that a Ukrainian drone targeted a second Russian long-range military radar. It is an early warning radar, designed to detect ballistic missiles, including hypersonic ones, and aircraft up to 10,000 km away.

The Ukrainian army can’t be able to carry out such an attack deep into Russian territory on its own. The Ukrainian military is in growing difficulty, so much so that Kyiv has passed a law that allows recruiting common prisoners, including criminals, from prisons willing to go to the front in exchange for freedom. Furthermore, an attack of this type requires a military satellite network which Ukraine does not have. The ones carrying out attacks of this type against Russia are US forces and NATO forces under US command. Countries like Italy, which “host” US nuclear weapons, violating the Non-Proliferation Treaty, are therefore transformed into the front line of a nuclear confrontation with Russia, more dangerous than that of the Cold War.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published in Italian on Grandangolo, Byoblu TV.

Manlio Dinucci, award winning author, geopolitical analyst and geographer, Pisa, Italy. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

[Updated on 4 June 2024 to include the petition at the annex.]

Since December, 2023 the European Union worked on the legislation that should protect people’s bodies, brains and their thoughts against remote attacks by neurotechnologies. On January 26th, 2024, U.S. President Joe Biden released a statement, where he announced a temporary pause on pending decisions of Liquefied Natural Gas exports. Among others it pertained to CP2 project in Cameron Parish, Louisiana which should provide German company Securing Energy for Europe GmbH (SEFE) with 2.25 million tonnes per year of LNG. This decision meant that by the end of a decade the growth of EU’s economy could be stopped by shortage of gas and the EU effort to ban the use of remote mind cotrol technologies was for that matter stopped as well. 

On March 31, 2024 the German weekly “Der Spiegel”, the Russian internet newspaper in exile “The Insider” and the American TV channel “CBS News” on its “60 minutes program” published facts which challenged the statement by American intelligence services that the Havana syndrome, the ailment of U.S. government employees, produced according to the U.S. Academy of Sciences report, most probably by pulsed radiofrequency radiation, “was probably the result of factors  that did not involve a foreign adversary, such as preexisting conditions, conventional illnesses, and environmental factors”. In this way the U.S. government was trying to hide the fact that brain activity can be remotely controled by electromagnetic radiation and keep open for itself the option to use this kind of secret weapon. The findings of Spiegel, Insider and CBS News were republished by all the big world media. Evidently the German secret services intended to provoke new investigation of the attacks producing the Havana syndrome in the American congress and in this way possibly end the classification of technologies enabling remote control of the activity of the human nervous system. 

On May 8, 2024 the hearing in the Committee on the Homeland Security of the U.S. House of Representatives, entitled “Silent Weapons: Examining Foreign Anomalous Health Incidents Targeting Americans in the Homeland”, took place. Lieutenant Colonel Greg Edgreen, who ran the investigation of Havana syndrome for the Defense Intelligence Agency, said that the Havana Syndrome was caused by directed energy weapons, pulsing the radio frequency radiation and he called on the U.S. government to start an action against those attacks on the U.S. government employees.

Christo Grozev, a Bulgarian investigative journalist and author, who joined in 2015 Bellingcat as an investigative reporter, said that “we established that Russian government had long standing program of wave weapons including directed energy electromagnetic weapons” which started in the seventies and that the investigative team found out that employees from the unit 29155 of the Russian Institute for Prospective Military Studies used to stay in the countries, where the Havana syndrome attacks occurred. Mark Zaid, American attorney, who represents several patients with Havana syndrome symptoms and who holds a security clearance, said that in 2012 he received from the U.S. NSA unclassified memorandum describing “high power microwave system weapon … designed to bathe a target’s living quarters in microwaves, causing numerous physical effects including damaged nervous system” and that overwhelming evidence concerning the Havana Syndrome attacks “are hidden behind classified walls”.

“I am convinced that the evidence that exists in the classified arena directly contradicts the public conclusions expressed by federal agencies,” said Mark Zaid.

Christo Grozev added that

“there is more than one way to achieve this same effect on the human brain and one of the most disturbing denials that I have seen…was an attempt to create the impression that no technology would allow this impact on the human brain, that is provably untrue”.

He, as well, told the Committee that he spoke with former Russian intelligence officer, who told him that they [the Russians] were attacked by the same American weapon already in the eighties [by the way, the Russian politician Vladimir Lopatin, who was fighting for the ban of those technologies by the end of the last millenium, wrote in the book , “Psychotronic weapon and the security of Russia” that psychotronic war is “actually taking place without declaration of war” – note of the author of the article]. Member of the Committee on the Homeland Security on Eliah James Crane asked witnesses, if the use of the same weapons against Russians “might have something to do with part of the CIA’s motive to cover up the existence of this tech and these weapons”. Grozev replied “that is a very logical possibility”. Mark Zaid replied to the question whether there are other people than U.S. government employees in the USA, who complain about Havana Syndrome attacks:

“There are many people, who believe they are victims of AHIs [anomalous health incidents]. All you have to do is to look at my Twitter feed, whenever I post on the topic”.

Member of the committee Eric Swallwell, who sat for eight years on the Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives contributed to the discussion by recalling his meetings with the victims he met:

“they were exposed to this condition, when you meet with the victims it is completely debilitating. It changes your life it turns it upside down and if you are a young parent life is already disorienting and if you are subjected to this, it’s even more difficult to be a parent”.

At the question by representative Crane whether they do know about victims who passed away, both Zaid and Edgreen replied: “I do”. Grozev said as well that he had seen this weapon in 1991 [at that year he was 22 years old and living in Bulgaria, where he was born and since 17 years of his age working as a journalist – possibly his father was an itelligence officer or he already cooperated with Bulgarian intelligence service at this age]. Then the discussion turned to the classification of those weapons and results of their use with no clear decision as to whether this technology should be declassified.

Not many world big media published articles on this hearing. One of them was British newspaper The Guardian. The American ABC News wrote: Lawmakers on the committee promised to continue to examine these claims and hear more from the witnesses in a classified setting and The Washington Examiner wrote:

“Intelligence community leaders must be called to testify in public. While they will likely hide behind classifications in order to avoid offering uncomfortable answers, their inability to answer basic questions supported by now-public reporting will catalyze Congress to take further action“.

Were CBS News reprimanded for their previous publication of doubts concerning statements of U.S. spy agencies and for that matter did not report on this event? Were other media warned that the U.S. government does not wish to solve this issue? Evident solution would be to work toward the international ban of mind control technologies, but this does not happen. It is clear that the world superpowers hope to control the world population with those tehnologies and for that matter they continue their competition and secret world war. 

The Homeland Security Committee did not address the whole extent of effects that impact of physical fields can produce in the human brain. Commander Cornelis van der Klaauw from Royal Netherlands Navy, and Expert from Strategic Communications and Information Operations NATO Joint Warfare Centre, wrote in an article in 2023:

“The reason why cognitive attacks go unnoticed by their targets is that cognitive activities bypass the conscious mind and directly target the subconscious of a person… most of our decisions are made by our subconscious… Cognitive attacks are aimed at exploiting emotions rooted in our subconscious, bypassing our rational conscious mind“.

Russia, China and the USA operate systems that can be used to control brain activity on large areas of the planet by producing in ionosphere electromagnetic waves in the frequencies of the brain activity, as well as satellites and cell phone systems can be used for the same purpose.

At present time, all the ordinary people can do to prevent this from happening, is to sign the petition to the European Parliament supporting its effort to ban “AI systems that manipulate human behaviour to circumvent their free will and “AI systems used to influence the outcome of elections and voter behaviour“ and ask it to extend this legislation to ban remote manipulation of human brains by physical fields producing in the nervous system electrical currents in frequencies of its activities. Sign here.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Mojmir Babacek was born in 1947 in Prague, Czech Republic. Graduated in 1972 at Charles University in Prague in philosophy and political economy. In 1978 signed the document defending human rights in  communist Czechoslovakia „Charter 77“. Since 1981 until 1988 lived in emigration in the USA. Since 1996 he has published articles on different subjects mostly in the Czech and international alternative media.

In 2010, he published a book on the 9/11 attacks in the Czech language. Since the 1990‘s he has been striving to help to achieve the international ban of remote control of the activity of the human nervous system and human minds with the use of neurotechnology.  

Featured image source

---

Annex: Ban Remote Control of the Human Nervous System

Why this petition matters

We, the undersigned, ask the European Parliament to include in the legislation on Artificial Intelligence:

1. Prohibit the use of  Artificial Intelligence to remotely control and/or decode the activity of the human nervous system with electromagnetic waves, directed energies, potential waves, non-local photon or electron connections or any other energies, without explicit consent.

 2. Prohibit all EU government organizations, including law enforcement, intelligence agencies, military, and their contractors, to use Artificial Intelligence to remotely control and/or decode the activity of the human nervous system of civilians using the above-mentioned means. The legislation should also include the obligation of EU governments to protect their citizens from such manipulation by non-EU governments or other entities.

3. Provide for the establishment of EU agencies that are objectively capable and legally obliged to investigate and disclose the abuse of human rights and democracy by Artificial Intelligence used to remotely control and/or decode the activity of the human nervous system using the above-mentioned means. Mentioned EU agencies should operate independently of EU member states and the EU should set itself the goal to engage the United Nations Organization as the last arbiter in deciding the cases where people from around the world will complain against abuse of their human rights by those neurotechnologies and artificial intelligence.

We remind you that Gabriela Ramos, UNESCO’s assistant director-general for social and human sciences stated on July 13, 2023: “We are on a path to a world in which algorithms will enable us to decode people’s mental processes and directly manipulate the brain mechanisms underlying their intentions, emotions and decisions.” See this. As well commander Cornelis van der Klaauw from Royal Netherlands Navy and Expert from Strategic Communications and Information Operations NATO Joint Warfare Centre wrote in an article in 2023: „The reason why cognitive attacks go unnoticed by their targets is that cognitive activities bypass the conscious mind and directly target the subconscious of a person… most of our decisions are made by our subconscious… cognitive attacks are not science fiction anymore. They are taking place already now… neural nanotechnology can be used to bring nano-sized robots close to a neuron via the bloodstream and make it possible to link the human brain directly (i.e. not intercepted by our senses) to a computer, making use of artificial intelligence in the process… Warfare is no longer a purely military concept; it has become much broader and more complex. In the future, there will only be one rule in warfare: There are no rules. While other domains can provide tactical and operational victories, the human domain is the only domain in which we can secure a full victory. See this.

We hope that you will  not vote for the future, where great powers will fight to control the brains of the world population. 

(For detailed argumentation see this and this.)

Sign the petition here.

Organizations:

Spolek za zákaz manipulace lidské nervové soustavy radiofrekvenčním zářením https://www.svobodamysleni.cz/ (Czech Republic)

Schutzschild E.v. https://schutzschild-ev.de (Germany)

Targeted Justice https://targetedjustice.com (USA)

STOPEG Foundation (STOP Electronic weapons and Gangstalking) https://www.stopeg.com/ (Netherlands) 

International Coalition Against Electronic Torture and Robotization of Living Beings (ICATOR) Avenue Paul Hymans 120/47, B – 1200 Brussels https://icator.be (Belgium)

ACOFOINMENEF (Association against all forms of mental and neurophysiological interference and control) https://associazionevittimearmielettroniche-mentali.org/ (Italy) 

MOVIMENTO AMPIO CONTRO LA TORTURA TECNOLOGICA PSICOLOGICA E MENTALE https://movimentoampio.blogspot.com (Italy) 

Föreningen för hjärnans integritet i Sverige (Society for brain integrity in Sweden) https://www.bolagsfakta.se/8024512561-FORENINGEN_FOR_HJARNANS_INTEGRITET_I_SVERIGE (Sweden) 

Stowarzyszenie STOP Zorganizowanym Elektronicznym Torturom https://stopzet.pl/ (Poland)

ADVHER (Association de Defense des Victimes de Harcélement Electromagnétique et en Réseau) https://www.net1901.org/association/ASSOCIATION-DE-DEFENSE-DES-VICTIMES-DE-HARCELEMENT-ELECTROMAGNETIQUE-ET-EN-RESEAU-ADVHER,1181155.html#gsc.tab=0 (France) 

Targeted UK https://www.targetedsurvivors.com / (The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland)

The Allen Institute for Human Rights (The United States of America) PO BOX 193, NORTH PEMBROKE, MA.  https://aihr.foundation/ (USA)

Organization of Victims of Psychotronic (Mind Control) Weapons https://organizationofmindcontrolvictims.com/ (Canada)

PMP for Society of safe Bharath against covert torture and energy weapons www.CovertEnergyTorture.org (India )

Citizens Against Harmful Technology https://www.targetedhumans.org/ (USA)

O presidente Biden autorizou a Ucrânia a “realizar ataques limitados dentro da Rússia com armas de fabricação americana”, disseram autoridades dos EUA. Alguns aliados dos EUA já haviam ido além. A Grã-Bretanha, semanas atrás, permitiu que a Ucrânia usasse seus sistemas de mísseis de longo alcance Storm Shadow para ataques em qualquer lugar da Rússia, e a França e a Alemanha recentemente adotaram a mesma posição. A decisão anunciada pelo presidente Biden se deve especialmente à pressão exercida pelo secretário de Estado Antony Blinken para suspender as restrições ao uso de armas dos EUA pela Ucrânia. O secretário-geral da OTAN, Stoltenberg, foi o responsável por anunciar a decisão de Washington aos aliados europeus. Falando no Conselho da União Europeia, ele disse: “De acordo com a lei internacional, a Ucrânia tem o direito à autodefesa.

E o direito à autodefesa também inclui atingir alvos militares legítimos dentro da Rússia”. Ao mesmo tempo, a Polônia anunciou a compra de mísseis de longo alcance dos EUA e declarou que estava “pronta para receber armas nucleares da OTAN”. A Suécia fez o mesmo: tendo acabado de entrar para a OTAN, declarou que estava “disposta a receber armas nucleares dos EUA em caso de guerra”. A França testou um novo míssil nuclear lançado do ar e alocou 13% de seu orçamento militar para atualizar seu armamento nuclear. A notícia divulgada por Kiev de que “um drone ucraniano atingiu um segundo radar militar russo de longo alcance” mostra contra quais alvos na Rússia os mísseis de longo alcance fornecidos pelos EUA e outros países da OTAN à Ucrânia são dirigidos. Esse é um radar de alerta antecipado, projetado para detectar até mesmo mísseis balísticos hipersônicos e aeronaves a até 10.000 km de distância.

É impossível para o exército ucraniano realizar esse ataque sozinho em território russo. O exército ucraniano está em dificuldades crescentes, tanto que Kiev aprovou uma lei que permite que prisioneiros comuns, até mesmo criminosos, que estejam dispostos a ir para o front em troca de liberdade, sejam recrutados nas prisões. Além disso, esse tipo de ataque exige uma rede militar de satélites, que a Ucrânia não possui. Na verdade, quem conduz esses ataques contra a Rússia são as forças dos EUA e da OTAN sob o comando dos EUA. Países como a Itália, que “hospedam” armas nucleares dos EUA, violando o Tratado de Não Proliferação, são, portanto, transformados na linha de frente de um confronto nuclear com a Rússia, mais perigoso do que a Guerra Fria.

Manlio Dinucci

 

Artigo em italiano :

Tradução : Mondialisation.ca com DeppL

Video em italiano :

Il presidente Biden, ha autorizzato l’Ucraina a “condurre attacchi limitati all’interno della Russia con armi di fabbricazione americana”, hanno detto funzionari statunitensi. Alcuni alleati degli Stati Uniti si erano già spinti oltre. La Gran Bretagna, settimane fa, ha permesso all’Ucraina di utilizzare i suoi sistemi missilistici a lungo raggio Storm Shadow per attacchi in qualsiasi parte della Russia, e Francia e Germania hanno recentemente assunto la stessa posizione. La decisione annunciata dal presidente Biden è dovuta in particolare alla pressione esercitata dal segretario di Stato Antony Blinken per eliminare le restrizioni sull’uso delle armi USA da parte dell’Ucraina. Il segretario generale della NATO, Stoltenberg è stato incaricato di preannunciare la decisione di Washington agli Alleati europei. Intervenendo al Consiglio dell’Unione Europea, ha dichiarato: “Secondo il diritto internazionale, l’Ucraina ha il diritto di autodifesa.

E il diritto all’autodifesa include anche il colpire obiettivi militari legittimi all’interno della Russia”. Contemporaneamente la Polonia ha annunciato l’acquisto di missili a lungo raggio dagli Stati Uniti e ha dichiarato ha dichiarato di essere “pronta ad ospitare armi nucleari della NATO”. Lo stesso ha fatto la Svezia: appena entrata nella NATO, ha dichiarato di essere “disponibile ad ospitare armi nucleari statunitensi in caso di guerra”. La Francia ha testato un nuovo missile nucleare lanciato dall’aria e ha destinato il 13% del bilancio militare al potenziamento del suo armamento nucleare. Contro quali obiettivi in Russia siano diretti i missili a lungo raggio forniti dagli Stati Uniti e altri paesi della NATO all’Ucraina, è dimostrato dalla notizia diffusa da Kiev che “un drone ucraino ha preso di mira un secondo radar militare russo a lungo raggio”. Si tratta di un radar di allerta precoce, progettato per individuare missili balistici anche ipersonici e velivoli fino ad 10.000 km di distanza.

È impossibile che l’esercito ucraino sia in grado di effettuare da solo un attacco di questo tipo in profondità nel territorio russo. L’esercito ucraino è in crescente difficoltà, tanto che Kiev ha varato una legge che permette di reclutare dalle carceri detenuti comuni, anche criminali, disposti ad andare al fronte in cambio della libertà. Per di più un attacco di questo tipo richiede una rete militare satellitare che l’Ucraina non ha. A condurre attacchi di questo tipo contro la Russia sono in realtà le forze USA e quelle NATO sotto comando USA. Paesi come l’Italia, che “ospitano” armi nucleari USA, violando il Trattato di Non-proliferazione, vengono quindi trasformati in prima linea di un confronto nucleare con la Russia, più pericoloso di quello della Guerra Fredda.

Manlio Dinucci

 

VIDEO :

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

A centuries-old plan to control humanity on a micro-level is being enforced through the construction of a new bio-digital prison system. Relegated to mere conspiracy theory by legacy media and vehemently denied by accused conspirators, the plan continues unabated with only pockets of resistance — nowhere near enough to bring the house of cards down.

The plan has been identified by many throughout the decades. It is both simple and complex; subtle yet overt; ancient yet contemporary; and alluring yet appalling. Under the guise of safety, convenience, and inclusion, humanity is being primed to accept complete and total surveillance as a condition of simple existence in a “brave new world.” That’s the plan in a nutshell. What follows are the gory details.

The Era of Cognitive Warfare

To accelerate the paradigm shift toward total surveillance, cognitive warfare (CW) – a significant upgrade over mere psyops of the past – has been declared on the global population. The purpose of this war is to modify human thought, belief, behavior, and identity. According to a 2021 NATO report, cognitive warfare is defined as (emphasis added throughout):

“a combined arms approach that integrates the non-kinetic warfare capabilities of cyber, information, psychological and social engineering in order to win without physical fighting. It is a new type of warfare defined as the weaponization of public opinion by external entities. This is carried out for the purpose of influencing and/or destabilizing a nation.”

A separate NATO report from 2022 adds that cognitive warfare is:

“…the most advanced form of human mental manipulation, to date, permitting influence over individual or collective behavior, with the goal of obtaining a tactical or strategic advantage. …the human brain becomes the battlefield. The pursued objective is to influence not only what the targets think, but also the way they think and, ultimately, the way they act.”

The U.S. Naval Institute has also recognized the need for a cognitive warfare strategy, stating:

“…An individual’s cognition is now a target. Advances in cognitive psychology and information communication technology (ICT) enable actors to target individuals’ situational comprehension and will with precision. In light of these changes, cognitive warfare (CW) has emerged as a new war-fighting concept…

Cognitive warfare operations will take on many forms and unfold along varying timelines. Some may focus on reinforcing groups’ or individuals’ existing ideals, while others may seek to disrupt cohesion or accepted beliefs. The U.S. approach to CW, however, must uphold U.S. values.”

Adding that technologies like machine learning and brain-computer interfaces (BCI) boost the efficiency of cognitive warfare, the Geneva Center for Security Policy (GCSP), a frequent NATO collaborator, further opined that:

“Current and future developments in artificial intelligence (AI), cognitive sciences, neurotechnologies, and other related fields will further increase the risks of mass manipulation and lead to the possibility of the militarization of the mind as the battlefield of the future… The resulting environment is one of “permanent latent struggles” rather than a clearly delineated state of peace and war. This state has been referred to as “new generational warfare”, “unpeace” or conflict in the “noosphere”.

To summarize what cognitive warfare entails, I offer the following definition:

the weaponization of public opinion, manipulation and militarization of the human mind, and engineering of individual and collective behavior resulting in permanent new generation warfare, “unpeace,” and conflict in the “noosphere.”

Wait, what on earth is the noosphere? Unfamiliar to most, the noosphere is a concept advanced largely by Pierre Teilhard de Chardin, a 20^th century Jesuit priest who fused together elements of biblical doctrine, evolution, and mysticism. Teilhard conceived the noosphere as a realm where human minds interacted through increasingly complex social networks. He theorized that the evolving noosphere would eventually reach an “Omega Point,” where the total convergence of collective human consciousness would unify with the “Cosmic Christ.” These teachings were deemed heretical by the Catholic church and Teilhard was publicly denounced. However, his posthumous writings have influenced scores of scientists, futurists, environmentalists, globalists, occultists, new agers, and ironically many Catholics.

One of Teilhard’s most revealing statements undergirding his philosophy is found in his book Christianity and Evolution, where he wrote: “What I am proposing to do is to narrow that gap between pantheism and Christianity by bringing out what one might call the Christian soul of Pantheism or the pantheist aspect of Christianity.” (p. 56)

It is Teilhard’s pantheistic views that endear him to the scientific and Big Tech communities. They took up the mantle of advancing the noosphere through technologies like the Internet and social media, hoping humanity would realize Teilhard’s vision. It is this writer’s contention that the supreme goal of CW and the digital revolution is to turn Teilhard’s Omega Point from theory into reality.

Creating a Collective Human Consciousness

NATO’s 2021 report indicated that neuroscientific warfare techniques can be used to destabilize “a political leader, a military commander, an entire staff, a population, or an Alliance…” As a result, governments and militaries from many nations are working feverishly to combat the threat mind wars pose to citizens and nations. Their alleged goals are to maintain trust in democratic values and processes while simultaneously implementing greater controls on the flow of information. Paradoxically, they are attempting to maintain (the illusion of) freedom, while authorizing new forms of digitized censorship “for the greater good.”

What is really taking place is a game of bait and switch where citizens are told that due to the proliferation of misinformation, disinformation, hate speech, identity theft, deep fakes, and cyber-attacks, greater control is needed to police the digital public square. Add in the so-called threat of climate change, financial collapse, war, the energy crisis, future pandemics, and you have what the United Nations (UN) and World Economic Forum (WEF) deem a “polycrisis.” Tools such as artificial intelligence (AI), Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC), biometric surveillance, and digital ID, have emerged as the “solutions” to these problems.

Whether the evolving bio-digital surveillance paradigm is called the Fourth Industrial Revolution (4IR), Great Reset, Agenda 2030, or Humanity 2.0, what’s common is the belief that bigger and better tech can transform society “for good” and combat issues of mistrust, corruption, crime, and planetary destruction. However, realizing this utopian vision requires greater levels of transparency, control, conformity, and collective thought. To successfully manipulate the public into either full acceptance or forced submission of this paradigm, the twin brothers of tyranny – surveillance and censorship – have been invoked.

Klaus Schwab, former Executive Chairman of the WEF, spoke about this new world where privacy is “severely restricted” in a 2013 interview, mentioning:

Everything is transparent, whether we like it or not. This is unstoppable. If we behave acceptably, and have nothing to hide, it won’t be a problem. The only question is, who determines what is acceptable.”

In a 2016 interview with Radio Television Suisse, Schwab elaborated further on transparency, stating, “In the new world, you have to accept total transparency. It will become part of your personality… Everything will be transparent. If you have nothing to hide you have no reason to be afraid.”

Click here to watch the video on X

It’s easy to highlight statements from Schwab given his notoriety as a globalist boogeyman. Perhaps this is one of the reasons for his recent withdrawal as the WEF’s front man? Regardless, Schwab is just one of many who champion surveillance technologies to complete the transition to the new world order of total transparency. In iHuman, a documentary on AI, data scientist and Stanford Professor Michal Kosinski echoes Schwab’s convictions regarding the current state of privacy, declaring:

Of course people should have rights to their privacy when it comes to sexual orientation or political views. But I’m also afraid that in our current technological environment this is essentially impossible. People should realize there is no going back, there’s no running away from the algorithms. The sooner we accept the inevitable and inconvenient truth that privacy is gone, the sooner we can start actually thinking about how to make sure our societies are ready for the post-privacy age.” (emphasis added)

Once an imagined dystopia but now quickly becoming reality, omnipresent bio-digital surveillance creates an inescapable societal panopticon. The “new world” Schwab refers to is being steered by the technocratic elite running all governments, corporations, NGOs, universities, medicine, and media.

Publicly, the surveillance society is sold as a way to bring order to a chaotic world splintered politically, racially, economically, socially, and ideologically. Privately, it is recognized as an iterative way to forge collective human consciousness as we march toward the transhumanist vision of “Singularity,” or as Teilhard would claim, the “Omega Point.”

As this push accelerates, companies like Palantir, Amazon, and Clearview AI along with Big Brother government agencies like NSA, DHS, CIA, and the FBI continue to amass enormous amounts of data containing essentially all activity occurring in the digital space.

Smart technology and the Internet of Things (IoT) bring the all-seeing eye of technocratic overlords into the private spaces of a growing number of residences and businesses. Backdoors in software and cyber-crime offer access to huge amounts of data believed to be private and protected, but often sold to the highest bidder. Microsoft is upping the ante on personal surveillance. With its new AI-assisted Windows Recall feature that takes screenshots of everything you do on your computer, the PC transforms into an open book recalling your entire life. Could a backdoor allow for the AI algorithm to transmit all private data back to Microsoft and its spook agency partners in real time?

Click here to watch the video on X

As I’ve written previously, Internet of Bodies devices exist to monitor and transmit all personal data to the Internet. This industry is now broadening to include an Internet of Brains, where “human brains connect to the Internet to facilitate direct brain-to-brain communication and enable access to online data networks.” The military-intelligence complex has been conducting experiments on the human brain for a long time. The CIA’s MK-Ultra and the White House’s Brain Initiative are just two examples revealing the government’s longing to hack the brain and create a hivemind society where thoughts and actions can be directly controlled through technology and/or mind-altering substances.

The company behind both reports connecting bodies and brains to the Internet is the RAND Corporation. RAND’s first president, H. Rowan Gaither, declared his goal to be “a society where technocrats ruled using objective analysis.” Author Alex Abella, who wrote the definitive book on RAND, expounded on their technocratic goals, saying:

RAND’s ultimate goal was to have technocrats running every aspect of society in pursuit of a one world government that would be administered under “the rule of reason,” a ruthless world where efficiency was king and men were little more than machines, which is why RAND studied the social sciences because they were at a loss to work out how to deal with people and how human beings did not always act in their own predictable self-interests.”

RAND was an early pioneer of cognitive warfare having invented the Delphi Technique for the U.S. Department of Defense during the Cold War. It was originally used to forecast the impact of technology on warfare. It soon became a tool used to fool citizens into thinking their opinions were being used to shape public policy. However, policy makers had already predetermined the course of action. Officials skillfully used the Delphi Technique to steer the decision-making process, making it seem as if the citizens agreed with them.

RAND has certainly done its part in forging collective consciousness and building the technocratic new world order. Its website openly boasts that “satellites, systems analysis, computing, the Internet – almost all the defining features of the Information Age were shaped in part at RAND.”

AI, Biometrics and Digital ID – Tools of Freedom or Tyranny?

In the papers quoted previously on cognitive warfare, malicious manipulation of digital technology is viewed as a heinous crime that must be stopped at all costs. However, it can be argued that cognitive warfare has been perpetuated against the entire world population through the process of digitization itself.

The Digital Revolution (aka the Information Age or Third Industrial Revolution) transitioned the world from analog and mechanical devices to the digital technology of today. This Third Industrial Revolution is now giving way to the 4IR, where the ultimate goal is to merge man with machines. This futurist archetype denigrates humanity to mere bits of data – ripe for control and manipulation by the data owners.

Humans once widely considered God’s crowning achievement – reflecting the very image of the Creator of all things – are now being transitioned through self-directed evolution to forge a new identity by becoming one with technology. Venture into any public space and it’s likely you’ll see most people transfixed by their smartphones, oblivious to real humans nearby. But this revolution, largely mainstreamed by Steve Jobs and Apple, was just the beginning. The complete transition requires the unholy trinity of AI, biometrics, and digital ID, to serve as a temporary global brain until humanity reaches the imagined transcendence where godhood itself is achieved.

AI is simultaneously being heralded as the greatest human achievement ever and excoriated as the greatest threat to human survival. Filmmaker Tonje Hessen Schei unveiled both perspectives in her documentary iHuman. Two of the most eye-opening statements occur within the film’s first ten minutes.

We are made of data. Every one of us is made of data – in terms of how we behave, how we talk, how we love, what we do every day. So, computer scientists are developing deep learning algorithms that can learn to identify, classify, and predict patterns within massive amounts of data. We are facing a form of precision surveillance, you could call it algorithmic surveillance, and it means that you cannot go unrecognized. You are always under the watch of algorithms.” – Eleonore Pauwels, United Nations University

Almost all the AI development on the planet today is done by a handful of big technology companies or by a few large governments. If we look at what AI is mostly being develop for, I would say it’s killing, spying, and brainwashing… We have military AI, we have a whole surveillance apparatus being built using AI by major governments, and we have an advertising industry which is oriented toward recognizing what ads to try to sell to someone.” – Ben Goertzel, Chief Computer Scientist, Hanson Robotics

AI has come a long way since the film’s release in 2020, and Big Tech leaders and investors such as Sam Altman, Elon Musk, and Peter Diamandis offer a more positive outlook. Some of the good AI is being used for includes detecting deadly weapons, diagnosing life-threatening health problems, protecting biodiversity, and improving access to nutrients and water. Another “good” outcome according to Musk is that “probably none of us will have a job” and instead will have to rely on “universal high income,” a fantasy unlikely to come true. To top it off, he predicts humans will be relegated to “giving AI meaning” while man’s meaning fades away.

When asked how humans will navigate our identity as AI continues to expand, Ray Kurzweil, futurist and Google director of engineering, said: “It’s going to be merged with us. We already carry around a lot of digital intelligence today and that’s actually how this will be manifest, merging it with ourselves.” During this same event, Peter Diamandis, XPrize Foundation and Singularity University founder, discussed meshing our minds together into a “hive consciousness,” a concept he refers to as “Meta-Intelligence.”

Can both outlooks regarding the future of AI be true? One describes killing, brainwashing, and oppressive surveillance while the other forecasts planetary and individual problem solving and a glorious merger of man and machine. Are the positives being oversold to suspend doubts and fears regarding potential negative outcomes? Perhaps an examination of digital ID and biometrics can provide some clarity on which view is most accurate.

One ID to Rule Them All

Source: World Economic Forum

The United Nations Agenda 2030 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) play a prominent role in advancing global digital transformation. Each of the 17 SDGs functions as a roadmap to permanently restructuring a portion of society. All 193 UN member nations are in lockstep with the plan.

SDG 16 – Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions says that “by 2030, [all countries must] provide legal identity for all, including birth registration” delivering the justification for digital IDs. SDG 1 – No Poverty, advocates for “digital IDs linked with bank or mobile money accounts” to “improve the delivery of social protection coverage and serve to better reach eligible beneficiaries.”

According to the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), further justification for digital legal IDs include:

• Identifying the displaced – tracking population movements, facilitating swift access to essential information for each human being.
• Using digital ID for registration – enabling the capture of disaggregated data by age, gender, disability, and income, offering insights into the diverse impacts of disasters on different groups.
• Disaster preparedness and emergency management – storing valuable personal information, including residence and medical conditions and aid in identifying vulnerable populations and critical infrastructure.
• Energy system sustainability and resilience – leveraging digital legal ID data to track energy consumption, inspire behavior change, and enhance sustainability measures can mitigate climate-related disasters.
• Empowering communities – revolutionizing community participation in the energy sector by providing secure access to energy resources and enabling energy trading within community microgrids.

On the surface, these reasons for digital ID seem legitimate and even noble. The UN and its government and NGO partners always sell the need for digital ID under the guise of:

• fostering economic and social inclusion
• tracking immigrants, migrants, and refugees
• protecting against identity theft and financial fraud
• simplifying access to government services
• lessening exposure of personal information through cyber attacks
• enhancing convenience
• promoting information integrity
• mitigating the climate and energy crises
• reducing human error in identifying individuals
• slowing human trafficking

It’s hard to argue these are not altruistic goals. Nonetheless, digital IDs can also be used to:

• employ 24/7 surveillance and data collection
• restrict travel and access to goods and services
• destroy privacy and online anonymity
• restrict access to social media and Internet services
• track compliance with medical dictates
• control access to banking, public services, public spaces, entertainment venues, medical facilities, workplaces, schools, etc.
• create a social credit system that ranks individuals based on government compliance
• limit access to vital needs such as water, food, and energy
• compromise a person’s identity through security breaches

According to Comparitech, 50 countries already have fully digitized identification schemes, overlooking the dangers highlighted. The rest of the world is also hastily moving forward to create digital public infrastructure (DPI), where digital ID takes center stage. A few recent headlines attest to this urgency.

• UN, Gates Foundation ’50-in-5′ campaign aims to rollout digital public infrastructure in 50 countries by 2028
• Europe’s digital ID regulation takes effect, paving way for mobile wallet
• Australia moves towards ‘economy-wide’ digital ID system as legislation passed
• Africa’s digital ID journey on track: countries share experience at ID4Africa AGM
• Italy prepares for the digital transformation with IT wallet launch in 2025
• Belgium launches national digital identity wallet
• Major Australian bank launches digital ID app ahead of national program
• Sri Lanka’s digital identity transformation seeks balance of speed and assurance
• FAA reauthorization bill approves use of digital IDs at airports
• 42% of companies ready to adopt digital ID, new Regula study shows
• Visa goes all in with generative AI and digital ID
• New X policy forces earners to verify their government ID with Israeli verification company

Despite all the glowing promises from the UN, digital IDs threaten to give governments the ability to control a person’s life down to minute details. Brett Solomon, a digital human rights advocate and executive director of Access Now, agrees, mentioning that digital ID “poses one of the gravest risks to human rights of any technology…” He further adds that “we are rushing headlong into a future where new technologies will converge to make the risk much more severe.”

Papers No Longer Needed – Just Your Face

One of the converging technologies increasing the threat from digital IDs is biometric identification. This rapidly growing field includes identifying humans through facial recognition, iris and retina scans, fingerprints, voice recognition, gestures, bodily implants, DNA matching, and gait (how humans walk and move).

Even more frightening is the proposed use to detect:

• keystrokes
• psychological condition, emotion and intent
• heart and breathing rate

Facial recognition stands out as the most pervasive and perhaps most problematic biometric tactic. It is being used by law enforcement and border control, in medical facilities, retail stores, stadiums, airports, and government buildings. It’s utilized by banks and financial services, healthcare, and governments to verify identity. It is also a fundamental building block for the creation of smart cities.

Each use case may provide benefits such as convenience and security but also poses risks that could exacerbate tyrannical control of the population. With technologies poised to detect emotion and mental state, a Minority Report-style precrime detection regime could be installed. But what happens to those who have been misidentified? What about those penalized for minor infractions like jaywalking or criticizing the government as exemplified in China’s social credit system?

Digital ID and biometric technologies have been introduced as a technocratic panacea offering greater inclusivity, convenience, and safety. In reality, they reduce human identity to a sequence of cloud-stored data while enabling total surveillance of travel, economic activity, and health status with the potential to obliterate privacy and anonymity.

I’m sure they exist, but I’ve never met anyone desiring a digital ID, especially after the autocratic fiasco of vaccine passports during the COVID era. According to a report by Iain Davis and Whitney Webb, this resistance is not imaginary, as they indicated “the rollout of CBDCs and the prerequisite digital ID has so far been a disaster for the regime. Regardless of the culture, people in India, China and elsewhere have shown a distinct lack of enthusiasm for embracing their planned digital future. In fact, they are actively resisting in many instances.”

Australia is one country that faced staunch opposition to its digital ID plans. Though its digital ID system legislation was recently passed by Parliament, it did not go without resistance. In fact, concessions were made to those expressing concerns about privacy, biometric testing, and mandatory usage within the legislation. A recent Sky News video describes the extent of the resistance, echoing many of the concerns we have already presented.

The cognitive warfare-op has been deliberately engineered to make ­people think there is a bottom-up demand for digital surveillance tools. Conversely, the demand is coming solely from the top through the United Nations, World Economic Forum, World Bank, G20, World Trade Organization, Rockefeller Foundation, Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, Central Banks, Council on Foreign Relations, Better Identity Coalition, Apple, Google, Visa and Mastercard, ID2020, Digital Impact Alliance, Sovrin Foundation, Thales, Idemia, governments worldwide, and a host of private companies too numerous to mention.

Digital ID can conceivably allow surveillance of everything one does and says online. With the overemphasis on mis- and disinformation, digital IDs can strengthen Big Tech and government’s ability to control speech. By censoring, deplatforming, and restricting access, ideas and speech deemed “hateful” or contrary to accepted narratives can be suppressed, erased, or prevented from ever appearing.

One of the ways to dismiss concerns is by reassuring citizens that digital IDs will not become mandatory and that other forms of ID will still be accepted. However, these assurances seem unlikely to last given the billions of dollars being spent on digital ID efforts from governments and corporations worldwide. The switcheroo will probably occur sooner or later.

A Freer, Decentralized or More Tightly Controlled World?

We have been constantly told that the digital genie unleashed can’t be put back in the bottle. Scientists, tech wizards, and bureaucrats are seizing opportunities to craft the future and stake their claim to the billions of dollars up for grabs in research, development, and deployment.

There’s no doubt that some good may come from their efforts. As history has shown, whether technology is used for good or evil depends on the intent of those who possess and control it. The tools of digital transformation may benefit society, alleviating some of the frustrating, time-wasting processes we regularly engage in. But the potential for social, financial, and even mental control must not be disregarded. Freedom, liberty, and justice depend on eternal vigilance.

Is it mere coincidence that bio-digital surveillance tech such as AI, digital ID, biometrics, CBDC, IoT, Smart Meters, and 5G all working together can achieve the societal vision described in The Technocracy Study Course of 1945? Is it also by chance that many of the UN SDGs mirror many elements outlined in this publication?

Technocracy expert Patrick Wood doesn’t believe so, noting that:

…technocrats demand that every single person in society be forced to participate in their system. Outliers were not to be allowed then, nor are they to be allowed today. Want proof? Look for the motto “Ensuring that no one is left behind” throughout the United Nations’ literature on sustainable development. Another word for “ensure” is “guarantee.” Globalists’ guarantees take the form of “mandates.” – Patrick Wood, The Evil Twins of Technocracy and Transhumanism (p. 68), Kindle Edition

Going further, Wood adds that:

According to The Technocracy Study Course, the anticipated and promised “end products” would be:

1. 1. A high physical standard of living
   2. A high standard of public health
   3. A minimum of unnecessary labor
   4. A minimum of wastage of non-replaceable resources
   5. An educational system to train the entire younger generation indiscriminately as regards all considerations other than inherent ability – a Continental system of human conditioning. (Ed. Note: human conditioning is not education but rather propaganda-style indoctrination.)

Not surprisingly, these outcomes overlap perfectly with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) adopted at the 2030 Agenda conference in September 2015:

1. 1. Goal #1 – No poverty
   2. Goal #3 – Good health and well-being (the banner on Goal #3 states: “Vaccinate your family to protect them and improve public health”)
   3. Goal #8 – Decent work and economic growth
   4. Goal #12 – Responsible Consumption and Production
   5. Goal #4 – Quality education

Wood also exposes the supreme value of data to technocratic systems, disclosing that:

To technocrats, there is no such thing as too much surveillance. When they attain one level of monitoring, their next step is to increase the level of magnification and collect even more data. Their addiction to data is unquenchable and unstoppable!” (p. 126)

The bio-digital surveillance system of today certainly fits everything Wood highlights. It is akin to a modern-day techno Tower of Babel.

Whether or not it’s desired, mankind is being pushed toward life in a digital world bereft of privacy, individuality, and agency. The apostles of AI, transhumanism, and bio-digital surveillance are coercing the populace into their collective consciousness paradigm. Using cognitive warfare techniques to implant their vision of transcendence – the Omega Point where man and machine join to become a new godlike creature – we have all been enlisted to join them on their journey. If the path to this imagined utopia begins with warfare, surveillance, and tyranny, it’s fair to question whether the feigned concept should even be pursued. If history is a good indicator, it is likely to end in massive failure and widespread human suffering.

All the World’s a Stage – for Warfare

At an event hosted by the Modern War Institute at West Point in 2018, neuroscientist Dr. James Giordano told cadets that:

… the brain is and will be the 21^st century battle scape in many ways, end of story… You will encounter some form of neurocognitive science that has been weaponized not only in your military career but in your personal and professional lives… The more I know about what makes you tick, the more my interactions can be geared with you to make you tick the way I want you to.”

As early as 1928, propaganda pioneer Edward Bernays understood how mind control could keep the public in line, proclaiming:

The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. …In almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons…who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind.”

Bernays may not have envisioned this form of manipulation and control could be miniaturized and replicated for all in a handheld device. There are ghosts in the machines we stare at while we work, inform, and entertain ourselves. These ghosts are directing a covert war against us, deliberately spreading mis-and disinformation to confound, persuade, and control our thoughts and actions. The U.S. Army has made this plain. We would do well to at least understand the nature of the offensive directed against us.

As the cognitive war rages against each of us, compelling us to accept this paradigm or get left behind, tough decisions must be made, and tough questions must be asked.

Will we buy into the scheme that equates humanity with mere machinery? Or will we realize that we’ve been awesomely and wonderfully made by a divine Creator?

Will we participate in our own denigration, meekly complying with the selling of our data, invasion of our privacy, robbing of our wealth, and destruction of our freedom? Or will we resist the militarization of our minds by defying the technocratic tyrants?

Will we say no to absolute transparency? Or will we keep our heads in the sand as privacy ebbs away into the ocean of bio-digital surveillance?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Jesse Smith is an American journalist and editor of Truth Unmuted, a news and opinion website dedicated to challenging globalist plans and ideologies like technocracy, transhumanism, the Great Reset, and Agenda 2030. Jesse currently lives in Mexico and writes about current events through the lens of a Biblical worldview. His articles have been published on Zero Hedge, Global Research, Activist Post, and TruthTalk.UK.

Featured image is from the author

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

In a highly controversial move that the mainstream/legacy media has almost completely ignored, the Biden administration is defending 21 pharmaceutical and medical device companies from the United States and Europe in their battle against a lawsuit accusing them of funding terrorism in Iraq. Filed in 2017 against firms including Pfizer, AstraZeneca, Johnson & Johnson, and Roche, the case seeks damages on behalf of 395 American servicemen and civilians who were wounded or killed in terrorist attacks between 2005 and 2011.

The plaintiffs in the lawsuit allege that, in order to secure lucrative contracts, drug and medical device companies paid bribes to Jaysh-al-Mahdi, a Hezbollah-affiliated militia group said to have controlled Iraq’s Ministry of Health. Following the U.S. overthrow of Saddam Hussein in 2003, the militia group was reportedly able to infiltrate the new, U.S.-backed Iraqi government.

The case against the 21 companies was initially dismissed in 2020 by a U.S. federal judge in Washington, D.C. Two years ago, however, a three-judge panel from a federal appeals court unanimously voted to reinstate it. Following an unsuccessful effort to undo that ruling, the companies petitioned the U.S. Supreme Court in what is essentially now a final attempt to dismiss the lawsuit. The Biden administration has indicated that it supports them in this and is requesting that the federal appeals court decision is overturned.

The administration’s intervention came following a request from the Supreme Court, which noted that a separate, unrelated case from last year had seemingly weakened the plaintiffs’ Anti-Terrorism Act claims. In that case, the Supreme Court had ruled that social media company Twitter – now renamed X – could only be held liable for aiding and abetting terrorism if it was proven that the company had “consciously and culpably” participated in facilitating a terrorist act.

Why Is the Mainstream/Legacy Media Not Widely Reporting This Story?

While both Reuters and MSN are carrying this story on their websites, remarkably few other mainstream/legacy media outlets seem to be making any mention of it. At first sight this seems odd, as one would normally assume that the U.S. government siding with pharmaceutical companies accused of funding terrorism in Iraq is newsworthy.

To understand what may be going on here we need to keep in mind that, during the past four years, Joe Biden has repeatedly portrayed himself as an opponent of high drug prices. He has even claimed to have beaten “Big Pharma” and promised that Medicare, the country’s health insurance program for people over the age of 65 and those with disabilities, will now have the power to lower prescription drug prices. While the veracity of these claims is disputed, with initially only 10 drugs named for price negotiation and the cheaper costs not even scheduled to come in until 2026, in the coming election Biden will undoubtedly want to be seen as the president who fought the pharma industry and lowered drug prices.

Could the lack of reporting on Biden defending drug makers against terrorism charges therefore be an attempt not to damage his re-election prospects? This certainly can’t be ruled out. During the last presidential election there was a deliberate attempt to bury a scandal involving a laptop owned by Biden’s son, Hunter. The New York Post has described how the Washington ruling class, including career intelligence officials, the media and Big Tech, plotted well in advance to suppress and discredit the story, solely for the purpose of influencing the election.

From Pharma Fraud to Pharma Terror

This isn’t the first time that the pharma industry has been accused of inflicting terror on people. In an Open Letter published in the New York Times in September 2004, Dr. Matthias Rath outlined how the strategies and tactics employed by the ‘Business with Disease’ are comparable to those of a militant terror organization. Titled ‘From Pharma Fraud to Pharma Terror’, the letter explained how the ‘War on Terror’ and Iraq war were not primarily about fighting ‘terrorism’ or conquering oil fields. Instead, they were part of a long-term strategy employed by pharmaceutical and petrochemical investment groups to create the necessary psychological state of fear to maintain global control.

As growing numbers of people around the world now recognize, the use of this ‘fear’ strategy continues today – the vaccine mandates and other draconian public health policies enforced during the COVID-19 pandemic being among the most recent examples. One of the key features of this strategy is that we can no longer trust the mainstream/legacy media to tell us the truth. As George Orwell is often reported to have said: “Journalism is printing something that someone does not want printed. Everything else is public relations.” Unfortunately, a great many journalists today seem to have forgotten this.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Dr. Rath Health Foundation.

Executive Director of the Dr. Rath Health Foundation and one of the coauthors of our explosive book, “The Nazi Roots of the ‘Brussels EU’”, Paul is also our expert on the Codex Alimentarius Commission and has had eye-witness experience, as an official observer delegate, at its meetings. You can find Paul on Twitter at @paulanthtaylor

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Adobe Stock / Dr. Rath Health Foundation

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

In the Republic of Serbia, repeated local elections will be held on 2 June 2024 for the capital city of Belgrade and local elections in 14 cities and 74 municipalities.

The International Institute IFIMES recently published an analysis of the pre-election events in Serbia titled “Serbia 2024: Electoral struggle for Belgrade – Is the opposition seeking power without elections?” available here (25 May 2024).

Serbia and the Western Balkans Back in the EU Spotlight

The Republic of Serbia is a key country for maintaining regional peace and stability. This raises the question of who benefits from instigating chaos in the Balkans and what intentions lie behind it, as certain domestic political forces in the Western Balkans are either acting in favour of or have been instrumentalised to serve foreign interests.

Serbia has recorded the highest growth in foreign direct investment in the region, exceeding six billion euros, and has demonstrated readiness to open nearly all negotiation chapters with the EU. EXPO 2027 represents a significant development opportunity for Serbia and the region. The EU’s new growth plan for the Western Balkans, amounting to six billion euros, including two billion in EU grants, will further boost economic development, with nearly half of these funds earmarked for Serbia.

The EU should be more definitive concerning the enlargement process, as the expansion of the EU cannot be delayed indefinitely. The uncertainty surrounding the EU enlargement process benefits those segments of the public in the Western Balkans that oppose their countries’ EU membership and favours the EU’s rivals.

Belgrade Becoming a Global Capital

If all projects related to EXPO 2027 are realised, Belgrade will, in many ways, resemble an enlarged version of Switzerland’s neutral cities and financial centres. It is evident that the Serbian capital remains one of the few neutral centres in all of Europe. This is further underscored by the soaring property prices, which have reached remarkable levels, surpassing those in cities like Vienna and Munich. Naturally, the greatest beneficiaries of this development will be the residents of Serbia’s capital, who will enjoy free or affordable access to all the accompanying infrastructural benefits of one of Europe’s top five capitals, which Belgrade is undoubtedly becoming.

Serbia will invest 17.8 billion EUR in EXPO 2027. New communal and road infrastructure will be constructed, alongside new bridges and revitalised facades. Belgrade will be linked by rail to the airport, the fairgrounds, and the new stadium, while the city will also witness the modernisation of its railway and bus stations.

Vučić Has Significantly Improved the Position of Minority Communities

According to the population census, national minorities constitute approximately 13% of the population of the Republic of Serbia and are represented through 23 national councils.

Within the EU accession process, Serbia has adopted an Action Plan for the realization of the rights of national minorities under Negotiation Chapter 23, which has “received support and positive evaluation from the European Commission and certain EU member states.“

Key recommendations for enhancing the position of national minorities in Serbia primarily focus on improving the monitoring and assessment processes forimplementing the Action Plan for the improvement of the position of national minorities and the plan for Chapter 23.

Resolution CM/ResCMN (2021) on the implementation of the Framework Convention for the Protection of National Minorities adopted by the Committee of Ministers in 2021, contains recommendations for the upcoming period, as outlined in the Ombudsman’s Report, which provides relevant proposals for improving the position of members of national minorities.

The participation of members of minority communities in government, especially at the local level and in various state institutions, is an indicator of the integration of minority communities into Serbian society and the state, representing a significant improvement.

Can the ‘Injection’ of Foreign Money Influence Election Outcomes?

Serbia remains a target of destabilizing forces,despite its critical role in maintaining peace and stability in the Balkans. Over 100 foreign security and intelligence services are known to operate within the country.

The significant involvement of foreign actors consistently stirs up turbulence, aiming to sow instability in Serbia. Some leaders of the Serbian opposition do not even bother to conceal their ties with foreign entities. A notable segment of the opposition in Serbia supports the country’s NATO membership and advocates for imposing sanctions on Russia. Notably, Serbia has maintained military neutrality and has progressively distanced itself from subservience to foreign influences over the past 12 years, a trend that peaked during Boris Tadić‘s administration (DS).

The high turnout in local elections plays a pivotal role as voters perceive these elections as transcending mere local matters. The upcoming local elections in Serbia will once again serve as a test for the confrontation between the influences of domestic patriotic forces and foreign factors.

Voters in Serbia traditionally disfavour external interference in elections, particularly from entities supporting political agendas advocating for Serbia’s NATO membership and the imposition of sanctions on Russia. A segment of the Serbian opposition, aligned with NATO membership, enjoys substantial support from Western political entities and significant financial backing. Public opinion polls indicate that the Serbian Progressive Party (Srpska napredna stranka – SNS)), leading the “Serbia – Tomorrow” coalition, is the favoured contender in the upcoming elections. Respondents believe that President Aleksandar Vučić (SNS) should continue to lead a patriotic, decisive, and responsible state policy that repositions Serbia’s role in the region and the world.

Serbia maintains its position as a regional leader and an engine of European integration, with notable strengths such as high levels of foreign direct investment, a relatively low public debt, accelerated wage growth, low unemployment, a well-developed highway network, robust defence industry, investments in agriculture, youth development, sports infrastructure, resulting in high annual economic growth rates with prospects for further expansion. Particularly noteworthy is Serbia’s proactive role during the COVID-19 crisis, extending assistance to neighbouring countries. The hosting of EXPO 2027 is a significant event for Serbia and a stimulus, aligning with President Aleksandar Vučić’s vision of achieving a GDP of 100 billion EUR by 2027, compared to the 25 billion EUR GDP before the Serbian Progressive Party (SNS) assumed power in 2012.

Analysts argue that the ‘injection‘ of foreign money poses a threat to democracy in Serbia, particularly due to certain foreign actors’ intentions to influence election outcomes by using money to promote political options and individuals aligned with their interests. Such a scenario could have dire consequences for democracy in Serbia.

Special Operation Belgrade

Despite the dissolution of the largest opposition bloc, “Serbia Against Violence,” (Srbija protiv nasilja), several parties from the former coalition have chosen to enter the electoral race. Six out of nine opposition parties, formerly part of the “Serbia Against Violence” coalition, are vying for seats in the Belgrade city elections and many other local self-governments. However, the leading party in this bloc, Dragan Djilas’s Party of Freedom and Justice (Stranka slobode i pravde -SSP), has opted out of the city elections in Belgrade and Niš due to concerns over Djilas’s unpopularity in these cities potentially harming the opposition’s prospects. Certain foreign “power centres” have warned the opposition about this, and devised tactics to “lull” the ruling Serbian Progressive Party (SNS) and its voters into complacency, assuming that the opposition will easily seize control in Belgrade and Niš. This strategy hinges on convincing SNS supporters that the voters in these cities are opposition-oriented and will vote against the SNS rather than for any specific party. This scenario poses a significant risk and potential trap for SNS voters, as their complacency or passivity would play into Djilas’s and certain foreign entities’ strategies. The overarching goal is to neutralize the coalition supporting the Serbian Progressive Party, known as “Aleksandar Vučić – Belgrade Tomorrow” or “Aleksandar Vučić – Niš Tomorrow,” and consequently gain control of the local government.

Achieving high voter turnout is paramount to ensuring the fairness, legality, and transparency of the electoral process without undue influence on voters. It is imperative that electoral participants renounce violence as a means of political expression and acknowledge the legitimacy of the officially announced election results. These local elections are overshadowed by national issues, which have taken centre stage this time around, contrasting with the usual focus on local concerns.

Analysts believe that the upcoming elections represent the last chance to overthrow Aleksandar Vučić’s (SNS) government through a “special operation” in Belgrade with the assistance of part of foreign entities, as Belgrade, the capital city, is a crucial pillar for wielding power in Serbia.

*

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

This week the World Health Assembly is taking place under the motto “All for Health: Health for All”. Ahead of this meeting, Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus announced that negotiations on a Pandemic Treaty and updated International Health Regulations have not been completed.

Many interpret this as a partial victory against the forces that wish to give the WHO greater powers. However, this does not mean that the proposals are rejected.[1] Instead, the negotiation period for the Pandemic Treaty is extended to between 5 and 24 months, while the negotiations on the Health Regulations are extended by a few days at most.[2]

It is the Health Regulations that govern the response to a global health emergency (including the establishment of an “emergency committee”), while the treaty is about creating an international framework aimed at “preventing, preparing and responding to pandemics”. The treaty also includes a decision-making body, the Conference of the Parties (similar to the UN’s annual COP climate summit) which will meet once a year to review the implementation of the agreement, as well as the One Health concept, which aims to sustainably balance and optimize the health of people, animals and ecosystems.[3]

The One Health concept was developed in September 2004 during a symposium with leading health experts organised by the World Conservation Society at Rockefeller University in New York under the slogan “One World, One Health”.[4]

This included, among others, representatives from WHO, FAO, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN). Their final product, called the Manhattan Principles, contained twelve recommendations for “a more holistic approach” to preventing epidemics.

This means in practice a fusion of the climate/environmental and health agendas. That is, two of the areas that were pointed out as favorable to promote the construction of a new world order (One World) in the Rockefeller Brothers Fund’s Special Studies Project at the end of the 1950s.

Even now, the Rockefeller network participates in a very tangible way.

The Pandemic Treaty is a continuation of their old agenda, while the WHO is in many ways an organisation they have exerted influence on since its inception in 1948.[5] The predecessor League of Nations Health Organization was basically a subdivision of the Rockefeller Foundation’s International Health Division.[6]

In January 2022, the Rockefeller Foundation was recognized as a “Non-Governmental Actor in Official Relations with the WHO” while in May 2023 it launched a new partnership with the WHO to “expand pandemic preparedness in the era of climate change” through the WHO’s Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence. Digitization, data collection and surveillance are central components of the UN’s technocratic future agenda.[7] Commenting on the partnership announcement, the foundation’s chief executive Rajiv Shah (member of the Trilateral Commission) said: Climate change is increasing both the risk of another global pandemic and the need to collaborate and share data.

From UN Policy Brief 2 Strengthening the International Response to Complex Global Shocks – An Emergency Platform

 

In 2015, Shah was member of the United Nations High-Level Panel on Global Response to Health Crises. It is clear that the Rockefeller Foundation and the WHO are preparing for future global shocks and emergencies.[8]

The close collaboration is also manifested by the former British Prime Minister Gordon Brown, who is the WHO’s Ambassador for Global Health Financing, since March 2024 sitting on the board of the Rockefeller Foundation.

It truly is an honor to join The Rockefeller Foundation and support their work to help the world as it continues facing multiple global crises.[9]

Who will then be tasked with leading the UN when the global complex shocks paralyze the world? Current Secretary-General António Guterres will leave his post in December 2026.

It is possible that the answer was given during the first day of the World Health Assembly, when Tedros presented the WHO’s Award for Global Health to the developers of the mRNA vaccine (which was also awarded the Nobel Prize in December 2023) but also to the Prime Minister of Barbados, Mia Mottley, for her leadership in climate and health.[10] The justification was:

WHO considers climate change to be the greatest health threat facing humanity. Her tireless efforts for climate action help protect the health of all peoples, now and in the future.[11]

The award can be seen as an appreciation from her patrons in international philanthropy, and also an encouragement for future efforts.[12] The United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) also awarded Mottley the “Champions of the Earth for Policy Leadership” award in 2021 for her climate leadership. Mottley, who chairs WHO’s Global Leaders Group on Antimicrobial Resistance, is committed to the sustainability agenda and leads SDG Advocates together with Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau.[13] She stepped forward as a female leader during the pandemic and participated in UN campaigns to “save lives”.

In July 2022, Mottley hosted a meeting in Barbados with UN Deputy Secretary-General Amina Mohammed, representatives of the Rockefeller Foundation, the Open Society Foundations and other key players to draft the “Bridgetown Initiative” on how the international financial system can be reformed to stop climate change.[14] This reform work is part of the UN’s Our Common Agenda (which is supposed to be decided at the Summit of the Future in September).[15]

Mottley, a lawyer educated at the London School of Economics, has been singled out by several sources within the UN as a possible candidate for the post as the UN’s first female Secretary-General.[16] In the draft of the UN’s Pact for the Future (to be signed at the separate UN Summit for the Future in New York in September 2024), it is regretted that no woman has held the post so far, which can be interpreted as the time is now ripe.[17] As both a woman and black, Mottley appears to be an ideal candidate.

However, a new Secretary-General needs the support of all the permanent members of the Security Council (the US, UK, France, China, and Russia) in order to be elected. That is one reason why the Secretary-General has so far come from countries without any major international influence. It also means that international philanthropy is courting and rewarding candidates from smaller states who can serve as their obedient puppets. Guterres and representatives Ban-Ki Moon and Kofi Annan are clear examples of this.

However, Mottley may have too much “balls” compared to these gentlemen. In addition, she supports a reform that deprives the permanent members of the Security Council its unique veto powers, something which is not in her favor.[18] There are more candidates who are faithful to the technocratic futures agenda. We can be sure that whoever will assume the role of “Emergency General” of the “Pact for the Future” will have the blessing of international philanthropy.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

[1] It is possible to draw a parallel with Copenhagen in 2009, where the parties failed to reach an agreement on a new climate agreement. Instead, negotiations continued until the Paris Agreement was reached in 2015.

[2] apps.who.int/gb/ebwha/pdf_files/WHA77/A77_9-en.pdf

[3] apps.who.int/gb/ebwha/pdf_files/WHA77/A77_10-en.pdf

[4] The World Conservation Society was formerly the New York Zoological Society and was led after World War II by Henry Fairfield Osborn Jr. and Laurance Rockefeller.

[5] who.int/about/funding/contributors/the-rockefeller-foundation

[6] un-ilibrary.org/content/books/9789210577021c005

[7] rockefellerfoundation.org/news/the-rockefeller-foundation-and-world-health-organization-announce-partnership-to-expand-global-pandemic-preparedness-in-era-of-climate-change

[8] press.un.org/en/2015/sga1558.doc.htm

[9] www.rockefellerfoundation.org/news/rockefeller-foundation-adds-former-prime-minister-gordon-brown-to-board/

[10] who.int/news/item/27-05-2024-director-general-s-award-for-global-health-go-to-prime-minister-of-barbados-and-developers-of-mrna-vaccines-for-covid-19

[11] who.int/news/item/27-05-2024-director-general-s-award-for-global-health-go-to-prime-minister-of-barbados-and-developers-of-mrna-vaccines-for-covid-19

[12] rockefellerfoundation.org/insights/perspective/getting-it-done-addressing-climate-change-will-take-bold-reforms/

[13] unsdgadvocates.org/news/un-secretary-general-antnio-guterres-announces-the-prime-minister-of-barbados-and-prime-minister-of-canada-as-the-new-co-chairs-of-the-sdg-advocates-group

[14] carnegieendowment.org/posts/2023/06/was-a-global-financial-summit-the-start-of-a-new-bretton-woods?lang=en

[15] un.org/sites/un2.un.org/files/our-common-agenda-policy-brief-international-finance-architecture-en.pdf

[16] edition.cnn.com/2023/09/29/americas/united-nations-secretary-general-mia-mottley-intl-latam/index.html

[17] un.org/sites/un2.un.org/files/sotf-pact-for-the-future-rev.1.pdf

[18] globalissues.org/news/2024/04/16/36478

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Just as we were wrapping up the People’s Conference for Palestine in Detroit, Israel dropped two ton bombs on Palestinian families sheltering in tents, murdering 45 people at once and injuring hundreds. Many of the martyrs from that night were burned alive. Despite Biden’s claims that an invasion of Rafah was a “red line,”Israel continues its brutal assault. Gazans will keep dying every time Biden fails to act. 

Take action TODAY and tell Congress to place an arms embargo on Israel: NO MORE US BOMBS TO KILL PALESTINIANS!

More than 3500 conference participants have pledged to take matters into our own hands with a call to action: wear red and surround the White House on June 8. 

We’ve seen children with their limbs blown off, dead bodies piled up, people burned alive, streets full of body parts and blood, and entire neighborhoods leveled to the ground. Our last night in Detroit, an image circulated of a man holding up a child’s burnt body with their head completely missing. The Biden Administration was quick to support Israel’s bombardment of Palestinians after debunked stories of beheaded babies on October 7th became the main talking point. Where are they now that the beheaded babies are on all of our Instagram feeds?

Enough is enough. As long as our elected officials continue arming this genocide with our tax dollars, we need to be there to tell them to stop putting blood on our hands. We need to do two things: 

1. An arms embargo campaign was launched at the People’s Conference for Palestine, and we need your help to flood Congress with our demand.
2. Join us on June 8 in DC to show Biden what a red line looks like. We will circle the White House in red (and our pink Keffiyehs) to expose his failure. What we need now is people power.

Keep the momentum going. We’re applying pressure for Palestine on all fronts this summer, starting with education. Enroll in our Gaza Summer School for a summer-long online education series where you’ll gain in-depth knowledge and vital skills to make a real impact for Palestine. You’ll learn from experienced educators and organizers and be given the tools to take action in your community!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from CODEPINK

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Earlier this week, I argued that NATO’s latest actions in Ukraine (and beyond) are tantamount to a declaration of war on Russia. Attacks on Moscow’s strategic assets, particularly early warning radar stations, as well as Stoltenberg’s openly declared support for long-range strikes on Russia using NATO-sourced weapons, make it quite clear what the political West is planning to do. Men like Jens Stoltenberg are certainly not making any real decisions, but serve mostly as glorified spokespeople.

However, his threats to the Kremlin finally show the true intentions of the world’s most aggressive racketeering cartel. To make matters worse, the latest statements of actual leaders of NATO countries show that the political West is desperate to prevent the Neo-Nazi junta’s defeat by raising the stakes to a direct confrontation with Moscow (i.e. WW3).

This leaves Russia with no choice but to be prepared for any eventuality. It recently held military exercises involving simulated usage of tactical nuclear weapons (TNWs). This is quite important, as the Kremlin owns not just the world’s most powerful strategic arsenal, but also fields the largest number of TNWs, including nuclear shells for its unrivaled artillery formations. Thus, if you thought Russian artillery couldn’t possibly be scarier than it is already, think for a second that this only relates to its conventional capabilities. So, when President Vladimir Putin says “you still haven’t seen anything”, that’s exactly how it should be interpreted. And normal people surely wouldn’t want to see such escalation. However, as the political West keeps sinking into utter madness, we cannot expect its leaders to conduct realpolitik and make sensible decisions.

On the other hand, while Russian leadership previously tried maintaining contact to avoid a disaster of global proportions, it now realizes that this is not only futile, but also counterproductive, if not even self-defeating. Accustomed to invading largely helpless opponents (think of a grown man barging into a kindergarten and punching preschool children), NATO has become completely detached from reality. Although it’s now after a near-peer adversary (the same analogy, just instead of those preschool kids you have a giant MMA fighter), the belligerent alliance still lives in the illusion that it’s vastly superior and that it will prevail. This is forcing Moscow not to engage in dialogue (as previously mentioned, it would be pointless), but to openly talk about the possibility of nuclear war with the United States and NATO.

Historically, the Kremlin always tried to keep talks about it behind closed doors, as is customary for those still honoring diplomatic etiquette. However, as the political West’s concept of foreign policy is now equivalent to banditry and piracy, this too has become futile. This is why Russia is now warning about NATO’s preparations for nuclear war. According to the Russian military and intelligence services, the belligerent alliance is secretly engaged in military exercises that involve preparations for potential nuclear strikes on Russia. Army General Vladimir Kulishov, First Deputy Director of the FSB and Head of its Border Service, actually said so in a recent interview. This includes not only a massive increase in NATO’s activity around Russia’s borders, but also the aforementioned nuclear drills that the belligerent alliance is trying to conceal.

“Near the Russian border, NATO’s reconnaissance activities are increasing, the intensity of operational combat training of the alliance’s troops is growing, during which scenarios for conducting combat operations against the Russian Federation, including the launch of nuclear strikes on our territory, are being worked out,” General Kulishov said in an interview with RIA Novosti, adding: “The situation requires taking appropriate steps to protect and secure our borders.”

Many in the political West might ignore or even outright reject his words, but it seems the Russian general didn’t even need to say anything, as EU/NATO leaders themselves are effectively confirming this virtually every day. Namely, after French President Emmanuel Macron supported the usage of NATO-sourced long-range weapons against Russia, US President Joe Biden joined the chorus of those who suddenly want to blow up the world. It should be noted that, although a mere formality at this point, this marks a disturbing change in rhetoric. While Washington DC previously tried maintaining a level of “plausible deniability”, it’s now openly talking about strikes on a country with the world’s largest thermonuclear arsenal. As second only to Russia in terms of its own strategic weapons, the US has a huge responsibility.

However, instead of being far more careful in its statements and actions, the belligerent thalassocracy is doing the opposite. President Putin and Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov have been warning against such behavior for years and continue to do so even now. Unfortunately, such sensible messages seem to fall on deaf ears. Worse yet, NATO not only keeps ignoring this, but is escalating attacks on Russian early warning systems through its Neo-Nazi puppets in Kiev. Such systems play no role in Moscow’s military operations in Ukraine, meaning that the Kiev regime certainly wouldn’t be bothering to use its forces and resources, already spread far too thin across the collapsing frontlines, for such attacks – unless ordered to do so by its puppet masters in the halls of power in Washington DC and, to a lesser extent, Brussels.

Obviously, NATO’s motivation to do this would be to diminish Russia’s ability to detect and track potential nuclear strikes. However, the world’s most aggressive racketeering cartel seems to have forgotten about Moscow’s “Perimeter” (known in NATO as the “Dead Hand”) system that ensures retaliation even in the case that the entire Russian leadership is killed in a possible “decapitation strike” that the Pentagon has been openly talking about in recent years. In addition, the Kremlin’s world-class nuclear submarines also ensure deterrence even if the Eurasian giant ceased to exist. Its eight Borei-class SSBNs each carry 16 R-30 “Bulava” SLBMs, while every missile is armed with up to ten 150 kt thermonuclear MIRV warheads. To put that into perspective, the Hiroshima bomb was 15 kt. Do the math.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

---

“Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
–John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
–Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

One of Empire’s biggest lies is that we have “press freedom” in the West.  Another Big Lie, a corollary of the first, is that Israel is acting in “self-defense against terrorists”, as it commits genocide against Palestinian civilians in contravention of a recent ICJ ruling, and in contravention of international law.

If press freedom existed in the West, Westerners would know and accept that Israel, along with its Western patrons, supports ISIS and al Qaeda, internationally recognized terror groups. Democratic and freedom-loving facades would quickly evaporate if a free press imprinted these well-documented facts in the collective consciousness.

Israel’s victim charade would also dissolve quickly once Westerners realized that the Oct. 7 incursion was a military-intelligence operation orchestrated by elements of Hamas and Western/Zionist intelligence assets.

In fact the “free press” lie is a progeny of mass murder. Washington and its allies and proxies target and murder truth and freedom-loving journalists in Gaza and beyond.

This is well-documented. See this.

So far, Washington-supported Zionists have murdered about 142 journalists since October 7, 2024. Their voices will not be heard again. The voices of the 35,000 murdered civilians, mostly women and children, including 200 U.N. employees, will not be heard from again either.

Yet the vacuum is filled by Legacy Media lies and distortions. Canada’s CBC is a typical example of mainstream disinformation practices that rely on censorship and false messaging to whitewash the Zionist genocide against Palestinians.

Apparently omitted from mainstream discourse is that Palestinians have a right to resist their long-time oppressors.  They have a “right to exist, and a right to resist,” as emphasized by Francesca Albanese, the UN’s Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in the Palestinian territories occupied since 1967.

Western-supported Zionist settler-colonial genocide of Palestinians is occurring right now on our watch.

The mass murder and censorship of Palestinian “Messengers of Truth” will not extinguish this reality.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Mark Taliano is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) and the author of Voices from Syria, Global Research Publishers, 2017. He writes on his website where this article was originally published.

Featured image source

---

Order Mark Taliano’s Book “Voices from Syria” directly from Global Research.

**Voices from Syria**

Author: Mark Taliano

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-9-1

Year: 2017

Product Type: PDF File

List Price: $6.50

Special Offer: $5.00 

Click to order.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Young Paramedics and EMTs who were mandated COVID-19 Vaccines, continue to die suddenly. Here are 25 cases:

May 16, 2024 – Kildare, Ireland – Young paramedic Ross Murphy died suddenly on May 16, 2024

May 3, 2024 – Yuma, AZ – 27 year old Jason Huntley, paramedic, died suddenly on May 3, 2024.

Apr. 22, 2024 – Elk Garden – 47 year old Lena Michelle Stieringer Schell died suddenly at her home on April 22, 2024. She was an EMT.

Apr. 9, 2024 – Boardman, OH – 59 year old EMT, Paramedic and LPN Stefanie Ann James, died unexpectedly on April 9, 2024.

April 5, 2024 – Colchester, CT – 47 year old Kimberly Irene Perkowski, an EMT, died after a brief battle with cancer on April 5, 2024.

Mar. 25, 2024 – Hallandale Beach, FL – 47 year old paramedic Heather Lynn Owns died suddenly in her sleep on March 25, 2024. May, 2021: “LOL…Guess I am one of the human lab rats that got vaccinated”.

 

 

Mar. 17, 2024 – Princeton, MA – 23 year old Patrick Cumming died suddenly on March 17, 2024. He was an EMT and had enlisted into the US Army National Guard as Infantryman.

 

 

Mar. 12, 2024 – 34 year old EMT/Firefighter Ronald Drake Adams died of a heart attack hours after responding to an emergency call on March 12, 2024. He died in his home.

 

 

Mar. 5, 2024 – Creek County, OK – 22 year old EMT Lauren Michelle Kerns died suddenly on March 5, 2024.

 

 

Feb. 14, 2024 -Santa Rosa, CA – Paramedic Ambrose Stevens collapsed with respiratory complications from a sinus infection “due to COVID” He was declared brain dead on Feb. 14, 2024.

Feb. 3, 2024 – Cochranton, PA – 46 year old Nicole Lynn Komara Danielson died unexpectedly on Feb.3, 2024. She was an EMT, firefighter at Cochranton Volunteer Fire Dept as well as a cheerleading coach.

Click here to read the full article on COVID Intel.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.  

Featured image is from COVID Intel

---

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page. 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

The Biden administration has quietly given Ukraine permission to strike inside Russia — solely near the area of Kharkiv — using U.S.-provided weapons, three U.S. officials and two other people familiar with the move said Thursday, a major reversal that will help Ukraine to better defend its second-largest city.

“The president recently directed his team to ensure that Ukraine is able to use U.S. weapons for counter-fire purposes in Kharkiv so Ukraine can hit back at Russian forces hitting them or preparing to hit them,” one of the U.S. officials said, adding that the policy of not allowing long-range strikes inside Russia “has not changed.”

Ukraine asked the U.S. to make this policy change only after Russia’s offensive on Kharkiv began this month, the official added. All the people were granted anonymity to discuss internal decisions that haven’t been announced.

In the last few days, the U.S. made the decision to allow Ukraine “flexibility” to defend itself from attacks on the border near Kharkiv, the second U.S. official said.

In effect, Ukraine can now use American-provided weapons, such as rockets and rocket launchers, to shoot down launched Russian missiles heading toward Kharkiv, at troops massing just over the Russian border near the city, or Russian bombers launching bombs toward Ukrainian territory. But the official said Ukraine cannot use those weapons to hit civilian infrastructure or launch long-range missiles, such as the Army Tactical Missile System, to hit military targets deep inside Russia.

It’s a stunning shift the administration initially said would escalate the war by more directly involving the U.S. in the fight. But worsening conditions for Ukraine on the battlefield –– namely Russia’s advances and improved position in Kharkiv –– led the president to change his mind.

The National Security Council did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

Click here to read the full article on Politico.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Donald Trump becomes the first ever former President of the United States to be convicted of a crime.

A unanimous New York jury found him guilty on all 34 counts of illegally trying to cover up a $130,000 payment to porn star Stormy Daniels to stifle a sex scandal that he feared would derail his 2016 presidential campaign only days before America went to the polls.

Paying the hush money was not in itself illegal but the prosecution successfully argued that it was designed to influence the outcome of the election — a violation of election laws and, argued the prosecutors, the underlying crime.

This is highly contentious territory — especially since the trial heard next to nothing about campaign law violations — which is why the guilty verdict will be immediately appealed. Trump’s defense lawyers have 30 days to prepare an appeal.

Guilty on 34 counts sounds worse than it is. It only refers to the number of instalments by which Trump arranged for his then lawyer and sleazy fixer, Michael Cohen, to be reimbursed for paying Daniels.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Because of the sudden death of its president, Iran has again been talked about a lot these days, but little is known about this country. Below is a modest attempt at providing some clarity.

1. The Importance of Iran 

The country has the fourth largest oil reserves in the world and the second largest gas reserves. Despite global warming, oil and gas remain strategically very important raw materials. At current prices, Iran’s fossil reserves are worth many thousands of billions of dollars.

Iran’s location is also of great strategic importance. It is located in the Middle East, a region where 48 percent of the oil reserves and 40 percent of the gas reserves are found. This region also connects Europe with Asia and is crucial for international trade.

The Strait of Hormuz, near the Iranian coast, is a very narrow artery through which about a fifth of the Middle East’s oil passes and a fifth of the world’s liquefied natural gas. That also makes the country strategically very important.

With a population of 90 million, Iran is a sub-regional superpower. It is also the most important country for the Shiites, meaning its influence also extends into countries in the region with significant Shiite populations, such as Iraq, Lebanon, Yemen and Syria. Shia Islam is one of the two major branches of Islam, Sunni Islam is the other (and largest) branch.

The great importance of this Persian country was not lost on the West. In 1953, the US and Great Britain organized a coup d’état to protect British oil interests. Until 1979, Iran was a vassal of the US. Besides Israel and Saudi Arabia, Tehran was the main pawn of the US and the West to keep the region under its thumb.

That situation changed in 1979. There was a revolution led by Ayatollah Khomeini. From then on, Tehran began to chart its own independent course, which was obviously not to the liking of the West. Which brings us to the next point.

2. Why Is the West So Hostile to Iran? 

Since 1979, Iran has been undermining the rule of the West and Israel in the region through its autonomous course and through its foreign influence. Because of the major economic and geostrategic interests that are at stake, the US in particular, in collaboration with Israel, has done everything possible to implement regime change. Because this failed, Washington attempted to weaken and destabilize the country.

Conversely, Israel was armed to the teeth by the West and the country was even allowed to develop nuclear weapons. 

All countries that follow their own course independent of the West will suffer the same fate as Iran. Just think of Cuba, Venezuela, Nicaragua or China. That has nothing to do with human rights. Just look at how the West pampers Saudi Arabia, or how Israel can carry out its genocide against Gaza virtually unhindered.

Immediately after the 1979 revolution, Washington imposed economic sanctions on Iran. From 2006, those sanctions have spiraled, ostensibly to stop Iran’s nuclear program. There was a slight relaxation under Obama, but since Trump there have been heavy sanctions aimed at oil exports, financial transactions, shipping, and other sectors of the Iranian economy.

With the sanctions, the West hopes to weaken the country economically and undermine the authority of the Iranian government, hoping that this will lead to regime change or that the country will become less militant in the region.

In any case, these sanctions have significant consequences for the Iranian economy. The value of Iran’s own currency, the rial, has fallen sharply, there is a skyrocketing inflation of more than 40 percent, and youth unemployment is higher than 20 percent.

The West has also tried to turn the Sunni countries in the region against Iran, but since the Iran-Saudi Arabia deal, that divide-and-rule strategy has been failing. Now that Iran has also become a member of the BRICS+ and maintains good ties with Russia and China, the enmity of the West is greater than ever.

This enmity is also reflected in the mainstream media. Similar to that other ‘troublesome’ countries, coverage of Iran is heavily biased. Naturally, this country has many problems, and these should of course be reported on.

But invariably the country is portrayed in a negative light and mistakes or problems are magnified.

For reliable information on Iran, the best way is consulting alternative media.

3. Who Actually Holds the Power in Iran? 

Iran’s political system bears some similarities to ours. There is a separation of powers and an elected parliament that drafts laws, approves the budget and has the power to hold politicians accountable.

Compared to most neighboring countries, the level of democracy is fairly high. For example, the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Oman and Saudi Arabia do not have a parliament. The latter country does not even have a constitution.

Compared to our system, there are important differences. In western countries, the economic elite has a lot of power and influence behind the scenes. Parliaments have very little say in economic matters: it is the business world that determines how many investments are made and where. And monetary policy  is determined by unelected central banks.

In Iran, the business world has been deliberately sidelined to prevent companies from exerting too much influence or advocating political changes.

Iran has a Supreme Leader, which is comparable to a strong presidential regime such as in France or the US. He’s the most powerful man in the country. He is not directly involved in the legislative process, but can issue guidelines that influence policy direction and legislation. He is elected by an Assembly of Experts. This is a council of 88 Islamic scholars and lawyers who are directly elected by popular vote for an eight-year term.

Iran also has a president. The current one recently perished in a helicopter crash. The president’s powers can be compared to those of a prime minister in a strong presidential regime. He heads the government and executive policy but works within the guidelines set by the Supreme Leader.

A major difference from our political system is the existence of the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC). It was established shortly after the 1979 revolution. The pre-1979 Iranian army was considered loyal to the former Shah and the West and therefore a possible threat to the new Islamic government. The IRGC was a kind of parallel military force loyal to the new revolutionary order, a force that could balance the regular armed forces.

The IRGC had and has to protect the country from external threats. Given the very hostile attitude of the West and Israel, this was not an unnecessary luxury. 

The Guard also aims to protect and uphold the ideals of the Islamic Revolution. In a context of tension and foreign hostility, this leads to the suppression of dissent and the elimination of political opponents in many countries. Iran is no exception to that rule.

The IGRC also plays an important role in supporting friendly militia movements in countries in the region, such as Hezbollah, Hamas, Ansar Allah (the ‘Houthis’) and militias in Iraq and Syria.  

Today, the Revolutionary Guard has 120,000 members and is supported by millions of volunteers. Over the years, the IRGC has increased its presence and influence at the expense of the clergy. It is not only an important military power, but also plays a crucial role in Iran’s political world, its economy and internal security.

In other words, the IRGC has become a central pillar of the Islamic Republic of Iran, sometimes described as a shadow government. The Supreme Leader controls the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps but takes its advice into consideration. In a sense, in Iran you are dealing with a dual power structure.

4. What Does the Future Hold? 

Iran is a highly polarized society. In rural areas and smaller towns, people tend to be more conservative and religious. They attach great importance to stability and the preservation of the Islamic revolution and its associated values. The government may count on a lot of support from them.

In larger cities, and especially among the younger and better educated, the opposite can be seen. They argue for more personal freedoms, more modern lifestyles and a relaxation of strict Islamic rules. For them there must be equality between women and men.

They are often critical of the government and spiritual leadership. In their view the concept that a Supreme Leader determines all aspects of their lives is outdated.

In addition, the economic sanctions have seriously affected the prosperity of large sections of the population. The combination of socio-economic dissatisfaction and the desire for modernization and freedom has led to major protests in 2019 and 2022.

In 2019, in the protests were a response to the increase in petrol prices. The 2022 demonstrations followed the death of a 22-year-old woman who died after being arrested by Iran’s morality police for failing to adhere to strict Islamic dress codes. In both cases, approximately 300 demonstrators were killed. Four people were executed in 2022.

The protests each died out after a few months and did not shake the government. In view of what has happened in Iraq, Syria and Libya, many Iranians are wary of chaos and excessive instability. On the other hand, the ferocity of the protests does show that the Iranian political leadership is facing a fundamental problem, which it will eventually have to find a solution to.

The deceased President Rasai was a hardliner. The question is what kind of person his successor will be. Will it be a hardliner or a more moderate figure, will it be a cleric or someone from the Revolutionary Guards?

This will largely determine the course the government will take in the near future: will it allow social, cultural and political changes that can avert unrest, or will it impose stricter restrictions and suppress dissent, which may will provoke protests and violence again?

The election of a new president is provided by law within fifty days of his death. A large number of dissatisfied Iranians may express their anger by simply not voting. How large the turnout will be in those elections will be an important test for the Iranian government. Less than 41 percent turned out for this year’s parliamentary elections.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Marc Vandepitte is a Belgian economist and philosopher. He writes on North-South relations, Latin America, Cuba, and China. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Note

[1] BRICS+ is a group of 10 countries, named after the initial letters of the English names of the original members Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa. From January 1, the BRICS was expanded to include five countries: Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates.

Featured image is from Silent Crow News

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

The General Staff of the Iranian Armed Forces released its second report about aspects and reasons behind the recent helicopter crash that led to the death of President Ebrahim Raisi and his accompanying delegation on the 19^th of May. Despite the huge number of versions, circulating in media, Iran continues its own investigation and has no intention to hurry it up, avoiding to to make any conclusions ahead of time. It is remarkable that the investigation of the incident still going through as well as there is no clear and accurate narrative of the helicopter’s crash.

The occurrence of an explosion as a result of a sabotage or terror attack during the flight was ruled out as one of the helicopter’s passengers contacted the rescue team.

During these short radio negotiations he denied the emergence of any strange situations or alert onboard. These facts also refute the theory about targeting of the helicopter by anti-aircraft weapons or the guided missile. Besides, no undetected objects within the Iranian airspace were recorded.

According to the report which was mentioned above, the staff of meteorological service provided the data indicating that weather conditions were satisfactory for flight. That’s why two other helicopters – the American Bell 212 similar to “Board No. 1” of the Iranian leader, and Soviet Mi-171 safely reached the destination airport. These circumstances allow to rule out the theory about harsh weather conditions as possible reason of the Raisi’s helicopter crash.

Moreover, specialists and investigators closely examined all flight documents, crew’s notes and technical documentation of the helicopter. They also didn’t uncover anything strange or any lead which could shed the light on the reason of the crash. As a total weight of passengers and equipment was standard and couldn’t overload the helicopter.

While investigating possible reasons of the crash, it’s necessary to take into account that all pilots, approved for carrying high-ranked officials, are used to be experienced and skilled professionals.

It’s hard to believe that such well-trained crew could be disoriented by the fog or cloudiness or didn’t realize the dangerous approach with mountains – pilots were familiar with local terrain and the risks of flights on low attitudes. Conversation between pilots also exposed that the last contact occurred just two seconds before the crash and everything on board was under control. No emergency calls were also reported.

At the same time there is a theory, that captain Mustafawi, the pilot of the Raisi’s helicopter Bell 212 was an agent of foreign intelligence and he directed the “Board No. 1” to the rock. That may explain his command to other pilots in a few minutes before the crash to rise on a higher attitude in order not to fall under suspicion in strange behavior and break up the killing of Raisi and Abdollahian. The same reason could force him to stay in contact with airport and other pilots all the time before the crash.

Another possible reason of the incident is the US origin of a crashed helicopter Bell 212. This type of helicopters is outdated nowadays and it needs continuous supplies of original details with proper quality. After the US government has imposed sanctions on Iran, the helicopter manufacturer was banned of supplying Tehran with required equipment. The spokesman for the US Department of State Matthew Miller confirmed this fact claiming that “Iranians Government is to blame for the crash”.

One of the most entertaining theories of what happened on May 19 was voiced by Dogu Perinchek – the leader of the Turkish “Watan” Party, who claimed Raisi’s helicopter crash was caused by the sabotage by the American intelligent services. Despite the official statement of the Iranian General Staff, claiming that investigators haven’t found any technical failure or attempts to shut down communication systems during the flight of “Board No. 1” especially by using the electronic warfare, the helicopter could be forced out of action by another means.

It’s worth noting that the United States have specific laws allowing the government to interfere and change program settings in key power supply sets of vehicles and equipment being sold out of the US. In particular, sources in “Boeing” company have confirmed the possibility of interference in its exported stuff. The most notable example of such kind of external interference in the functioning of electrical equipment is the US invasion in Iraq in 2003. Back then the US military deprived the Iraqi army of any communication possibilities by shutting down all the terminals and portable radio stations produced in the United States.

A number of analysts are concerned, that US intelligent services have some technical means to impact on key elements of vehicles produced by the US from a long-range distance.

Their functionality is different from the electronic warfare system. Taking into account the long-standing conflict between the United States and Islamic Republic of Iran, Washington could easily cause the crash of the President Raisi’s helicopter, claiming that the reason of tragedy was because of sanctions, difficult flight conditions or the rude mistake of the helicopter’s crew.

Anyway, it seems rather strange that only one of three helicopters with the head of state and the minister of foreign affairs on board collided with the mountain given the same weather conditions, the same route and well-trained pilots.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Ahmad al-Khaled is a Syrian journalist with four years of experience in covering the Syrian conflict and ME politics in general. His articles are published in leading regional and global media (Youm7, Ahl Masr, Rai Al Youm, Al Masdar, Ahval, Jerusalem Post, etc.)

Featured image: Cockpit of Bell 212 (Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

Israel can get away with mass-murder because the world’s superpower, USA, defends and excuses them of accountability.

.
The Israeli military continues with severe artillery shelling in Rafah and the use of quadcopters to chase people. At least 20 people were killed inside their tents as they were trying to flee within the past 24 hours.

At least 31 Palestinians have been killed across Gaza since early on Wednesday, as the Israeli military continues, ignoring calls from the international community and aid groups to stop.

Israel committed a second massacre against civilians in tents in Rafah, in less than 30 hours after its first horrific massacre on May 26, when Israeli aircraft bombed tents, killing 45 Palestinians, including three elderly people, nine children, and 12 women.

The Euro-Med Monitor field team documented the killing of seven civilians, including four women, after Israeli aircraft once again bombed displacement tents west of the city of Rafah on May 28.

Image: IDF soldier in Rafah (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

The new targeting shows Israel’s insistence on ignoring all international positions that denounced Sunday’s massacre. Israel continues to commit the most heinous crimes against Palestinian civilians in the Gaza Strip with the intention of eradicating them, in flagrant and egregious violation of international law and the International Court of Justice (ICJ) rulings.

Barely functioning hospitals across Gaza are dealing with an influx of injured people.

The Palestine Red Crescent Society (PRCS) has recovered the bodies of two of its paramedics who were killed in Rafah last night.

During the war on Gaza, Israeli attacks have killed at least 493 healthcare workers, including nurses, paramedics and doctors, with many more injured.

How Can Israel Get Away with It?

Israel can get away with mass murder because the world’s superpower, USA, defends and excuses them of accountability.

The arrogance of Israel’s protection under the wing of the U.S. State Department allows them to deny 6 million Palestinians of their human rights, and self-determination, which is a right ensured under the universal declaration of human rights, which the U.S. is a signatory. It would appear the signature of the United States of America means nothing.

Why Did the World Stop Apartheid in South Africa But Not Israel?

For decades, the world watched the apartheid government in South Africa. The U.S. and other freedom loving nations put sanctions on South African goods, such as diamonds. In the end, apartheid was dismantled in South Africa because the white supremacist government could not survive economically while so isolated from global commerce. It was the economy which broke the back of the South African apartheid government.

Israel has an apartheid system of government, and the UN has reported their findings in the past. The entire world recognizes that Israel is an apartheid state. There is a thriving Boycott-Divest-Sanction (BDS) movement, but it has not gained a strong enough stature to break the Israel economy, as was the case in South Africa.

Is Israel Worth Supporting?

Israel is a very small country in the Middle East. They don’t produce oil and gas like some of their rich neighbors.

The U.S. pledged in April 2024, about $26 billion to Israel, about $4 billion of that would be dedicated to replenishing Israel’s missile defense systems.

The U.S. State Department, regardless of what president is on office, and regardless of what political party is holding the Oval office, sells the story to the American people that Israel is worth supporting because they are the ‘only democracy in the Middle East’. This is a blatant fantasy, with no basis in reality, but the American people have swallowed it, hook line and sinker.

In a democracy, everyone has an equal voice, has representation, has elections and a legal system which values life, property and equal justice.

In Israel, if you are born Jewish, you have democracy and human rights. If you are not born Jewish, you have no human rights, legal rights or property rights. You have no right to know legal charges against you, or have a lawyer on your case, or have visits from family, or know what your sentence is and how long you will be required to serve in prison.

Ariel Sharon’s Nightmare

Ariel Sharon, an Israeli general and the prime minister of Israel from 2001 until 2006, once said he was not worried about an Arab army attacking Israel and destroying it. He said Arab unity will never happen. However, his true fear was something unforeseen happening between the U.S.-Israel relationship, which would cause the U.S. to stop supporting Israel, and this would lead to the elimination of Israel.

Biden Will Lose the Election Because of Israel

Despite the fact 2024 is an election year, and President Joe Biden and Donald Trump are polling neck to neck, still Biden remains committed to supporting the slaughterhouse in Gaza. ‘The Butcher of Rafah’ is Joe Biden. Biden and Hillary Clinton have called the college protesters ignorant. But, are all the protesters across the globe also all ignorant? According to Biden and Clinton, only they are intelligent.

If Biden had insisted Israel stop the war on Gaza, and stopped sending weapons to Israel, he might have gained a significant number of votes from educated and moral Americans who regard human rights and freedom as core American values. Biden’s choice to surrender the 2024 election to Trump in defense of Israel’s genocide in Gaza will go down in history. Biden has extinguished America’s standing as a beacon of ‘life and liberty’ to the world. He has irretrievably sullied the name of the United States of America, and the citizens of the world are disgusted.

U.S. Campus Protests and Global Cities Protests

When the American college students began protesting the slaughter of innocent, unarmed civilians in Gaza, AIPAC immediately went to work. They contacted U.S. Congress members, who depend on AIPAC support to remain in office, to start pointing a dirty finger at anti-Semitism as the cause of the protests. Young, highly educated people in the U.S. were suddenly described as demented people living in the dark and protesting only because of their blind and unwarranted hatred of Jews. You can find people who hold antique anti-Semitic views, but they are not enough to fill college campuses across the U.S.

AIPAC picked Congresswoman Elise Stefanik to spearhead a congressional panel who questioned three college presidents. She was so successful that one resigned, and the other was removed from office. The one which identified herself as Jewish got to keep her job.

Israeli Citizens Are Leaving

The Ben Gurion Airport in Tel Aviv is busy these days with international journalist coming in, but even busier with Israeli citizens flying out to make a new life abroad.

The right-wing extremist government under PM Benjamin Netanyahu does not represent all of the Israelis.

Many are peace-loving and want to extend to their Palestinian neighbors the same rights they have enjoyed. Many Israelis are highly educated, and have traveled abroad, or lived or studied abroad, where they came to face the world’s opinion of Israel. The Israeli media only tells one side of  domestic politics, and never shows the plight and oppression of the Palestinians.

The Israeli public are taught from childhood that they are the only humans deserving of rights, and everyone else who is not born Jewish is an inferior. The Israelis have a name for people not born Jewish, and this ethno-superiority complex is a form of delusion. There is only one race, and that is the human race.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two time award winning Journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: President Joe Biden participates in a restricted bilateral meeting with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu at the Hotel Kempinski in Tel Aviv, Israel, Wednesday, October 18, 2023. (Official White House Photo by Cameron Smith)